1 1.1 mrg /* Target hook definitions. 2 1.11 mrg Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 1.1 mrg 4 1.1 mrg This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 5 1.1 mrg under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the 6 1.1 mrg Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any 7 1.1 mrg later version. 8 1.1 mrg 9 1.1 mrg This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 10 1.1 mrg but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 11 1.1 mrg MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 12 1.1 mrg GNU General Public License for more details. 13 1.1 mrg 14 1.1 mrg You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 15 1.1 mrg along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see 16 1.1 mrg <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. 17 1.1 mrg 18 1.1 mrg In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. 19 1.1 mrg You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve 20 1.1 mrg what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */ 21 1.1 mrg 22 1.1 mrg /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be 23 1.1 mrg provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */ 24 1.1 mrg #include "target-hooks-macros.h" 25 1.1 mrg 26 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_TYPE 27 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook" 28 1.1 mrg 29 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target) 30 1.1 mrg 31 1.1 mrg /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */ 32 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_" 33 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out) 34 1.1 mrg 35 1.1 mrg /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */ 36 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 37 1.1 mrg (open_paren, 38 1.3 mrg "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\ 39 1.3 mrg assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\ 40 1.3 mrg default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.", 41 1.1 mrg const char *, "(") 42 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")") 43 1.1 mrg 44 1.1 mrg /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */ 45 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 46 1.1 mrg (byte_op, 47 1.3 mrg "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ 48 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\ 49 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ 50 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\ 51 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ 52 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\ 53 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ 54 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\ 55 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\ 56 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\ 57 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\ 58 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\ 59 1.8 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\ 60 1.3 mrg @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\ 61 1.3 mrg These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\ 62 1.3 mrg of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\ 63 1.3 mrg byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\ 64 1.3 mrg aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\ 65 1.3 mrg @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\ 66 1.3 mrg \n\ 67 1.3 mrg The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\ 68 1.3 mrg followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\ 69 1.3 mrg the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.", 70 1.1 mrg const char *, "\t.byte\t") 71 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP) 72 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP) 73 1.1 mrg 74 1.1 mrg /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose 75 1.1 mrg value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and 76 1.1 mrg ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if 77 1.1 mrg successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP 78 1.1 mrg and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */ 79 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 80 1.1 mrg (integer, 81 1.3 mrg "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\ 82 1.3 mrg integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\ 83 1.3 mrg in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\ 84 1.3 mrg function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\ 85 1.3 mrg object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\ 86 1.3 mrg split the object into smaller parts.\n\ 87 1.3 mrg \n\ 88 1.3 mrg The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\ 89 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\ 90 1.3 mrg when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.", 91 1.1 mrg /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are 92 1.1 mrg NULL. */ 93 1.1 mrg bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p), 94 1.1 mrg default_assemble_integer) 95 1.1 mrg 96 1.8 mrg /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */ 97 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 98 1.8 mrg (post_cfi_startproc, 99 1.8 mrg "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\ 100 1.8 mrg after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\ 101 1.8 mrg write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\ 102 1.8 mrg expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\ 103 1.8 mrg \n\ 104 1.8 mrg The default is to not output any assembly strings.", 105 1.8 mrg void, (FILE *, tree), 106 1.8 mrg hook_void_FILEptr_tree) 107 1.8 mrg 108 1.3 mrg /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a 109 1.3 mrg decl. */ 110 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 111 1.3 mrg (decl_end, 112 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\ 113 1.3 mrg terminate an initialized variable declaration.", 114 1.3 mrg void, (void), 115 1.3 mrg hook_void_void) 116 1.3 mrg 117 1.1 mrg /* Output code that will globalize a label. */ 118 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 119 1.1 mrg (globalize_label, 120 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 121 1.3 mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\ 122 1.3 mrg that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ 123 1.3 mrg \n\ 124 1.3 mrg The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\ 125 1.3 mrg @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.", 126 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *stream, const char *name), 127 1.1 mrg default_globalize_label) 128 1.1 mrg 129 1.1 mrg /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */ 130 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 131 1.1 mrg (globalize_decl_name, 132 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 133 1.3 mrg @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\ 134 1.3 mrg global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\ 135 1.3 mrg \n\ 136 1.3 mrg The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.", 137 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name) 138 1.1 mrg 139 1.3 mrg /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */ 140 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 141 1.3 mrg (assemble_undefined_decl, 142 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\ 143 1.3 mrg @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\ 144 1.3 mrg @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\ 145 1.3 mrg assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.", 146 1.3 mrg void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl), 147 1.3 mrg hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree) 148 1.3 mrg 149 1.1 mrg /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this 150 1.1 mrg target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the 151 1.1 mrg unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if 152 1.1 mrg this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if 153 1.1 mrg this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */ 154 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 155 1.1 mrg (emit_unwind_label, 156 1.3 mrg "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\ 157 1.3 mrg should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\ 158 1.3 mrg should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\ 159 1.3 mrg function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\ 160 1.3 mrg The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\ 161 1.3 mrg exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\ 162 1.3 mrg true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\ 163 1.3 mrg \n\ 164 1.3 mrg The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.", 165 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty), 166 1.1 mrg default_emit_unwind_label) 167 1.1 mrg 168 1.1 mrg /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */ 169 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 170 1.1 mrg (emit_except_table_label, 171 1.3 mrg "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\ 172 1.3 mrg It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\ 173 1.3 mrg to be broken up according to function.\n\ 174 1.3 mrg \n\ 175 1.3 mrg The default is that no label is emitted.", 176 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *stream), 177 1.1 mrg default_emit_except_table_label) 178 1.1 mrg 179 1.1 mrg /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */ 180 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 181 1.1 mrg (emit_except_personality, 182 1.11 mrg "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\ 183 1.11 mrg used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\ 184 1.11 mrg info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.", 185 1.1 mrg void, (rtx personality), 186 1.1 mrg NULL) 187 1.1 mrg 188 1.11 mrg /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle 189 1.11 mrg indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */ 190 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 191 1.11 mrg (make_eh_symbol_indirect, 192 1.11 mrg "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\ 193 1.11 mrg The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\ 194 1.11 mrg the symbol is visible outside the TU.", 195 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis), 196 1.11 mrg NULL) 197 1.11 mrg 198 1.1 mrg /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */ 199 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 200 1.1 mrg (unwind_emit, 201 1.3 mrg "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\ 202 1.3 mrg given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\ 203 1.3 mrg returns @code{UI_TARGET}.", 204 1.3 mrg void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn), 205 1.1 mrg NULL) 206 1.1 mrg 207 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 208 1.1 mrg (unwind_emit_before_insn, 209 1.11 mrg "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\ 210 1.11 mrg the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\ 211 1.11 mrg be called afterward.", 212 1.1 mrg bool, true) 213 1.1 mrg 214 1.9 mrg /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current 215 1.9 mrg frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */ 216 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 217 1.9 mrg (should_restore_cfa_state, 218 1.11 mrg "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\ 219 1.11 mrg restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\ 220 1.11 mrg separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\ 221 1.11 mrg state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\ 222 1.11 mrg the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\ 223 1.11 mrg is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\ 224 1.11 mrg suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.", 225 1.9 mrg bool, (void), 226 1.9 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 227 1.9 mrg 228 1.1 mrg /* Generate an internal label. 229 1.1 mrg For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */ 230 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 231 1.1 mrg (generate_internal_label, 232 1.1 mrg "", 233 1.1 mrg void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), 234 1.1 mrg default_generate_internal_label) 235 1.1 mrg 236 1.1 mrg /* Output an internal label. */ 237 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 238 1.1 mrg (internal_label, 239 1.3 mrg "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\ 240 1.3 mrg name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\ 241 1.3 mrg \n\ 242 1.3 mrg It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\ 243 1.3 mrg used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\ 244 1.3 mrg will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\ 245 1.3 mrg \n\ 246 1.3 mrg It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\ 247 1.3 mrg object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\ 248 1.3 mrg should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\ 249 1.3 mrg beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\ 250 1.3 mrg convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\ 251 1.3 mrg \n\ 252 1.3 mrg The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.", 253 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno), 254 1.1 mrg default_internal_label) 255 1.1 mrg 256 1.1 mrg /* Output label for the constant. */ 257 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 258 1.1 mrg (declare_constant_name, 259 1.3 mrg "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\ 260 1.3 mrg for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\ 261 1.3 mrg target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\ 262 1.3 mrg @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\ 263 1.3 mrg and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\ 264 1.3 mrg will be an internal label.\n\ 265 1.3 mrg \n\ 266 1.3 mrg The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\ 267 1.3 mrg usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\ 268 1.3 mrg \n\ 269 1.3 mrg You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.", 270 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size), 271 1.1 mrg default_asm_declare_constant_name) 272 1.1 mrg 273 1.1 mrg /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */ 274 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 275 1.1 mrg (ttype, 276 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\ 277 1.3 mrg the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\ 278 1.3 mrg if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\ 279 1.3 mrg reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.", 280 1.1 mrg bool, (rtx sym), 281 1.1 mrg hook_bool_rtx_false) 282 1.1 mrg 283 1.1 mrg /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol 284 1.1 mrg associated with the tree decl. */ 285 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 286 1.1 mrg (assemble_visibility, 287 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\ 288 1.3 mrg commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\ 289 1.3 mrg hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.", 290 1.1 mrg void, (tree decl, int visibility), 291 1.1 mrg default_assemble_visibility) 292 1.1 mrg 293 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 294 1.7 mrg (print_patchable_function_entry, 295 1.7 mrg "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\ 296 1.7 mrg @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\ 297 1.7 mrg sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\ 298 1.7 mrg location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\ 299 1.7 mrg of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\ 300 1.7 mrg @code{__patchable_function_entries}.", 301 1.7 mrg void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p), 302 1.7 mrg default_print_patchable_function_entry) 303 1.7 mrg 304 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */ 305 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 306 1.1 mrg (function_prologue, 307 1.3 mrg "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\ 308 1.3 mrg function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\ 309 1.3 mrg initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\ 310 1.3 mrg saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\ 311 1.7 mrg local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\ 312 1.7 mrg code should be output.\n\ 313 1.3 mrg \n\ 314 1.3 mrg The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\ 315 1.3 mrg macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\ 316 1.3 mrg \n\ 317 1.3 mrg @findex regs_ever_live\n\ 318 1.3 mrg To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\ 319 1.3 mrg @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\ 320 1.3 mrg @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\ 321 1.3 mrg prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\ 322 1.3 mrg call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\ 323 1.3 mrg @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\ 324 1.3 mrg \n\ 325 1.3 mrg On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\ 326 1.3 mrg not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\ 327 1.3 mrg they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\ 328 1.3 mrg appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\ 329 1.3 mrg registers are used in the function.\n\ 330 1.3 mrg \n\ 331 1.3 mrg @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\ 332 1.3 mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ 333 1.3 mrg function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\ 334 1.3 mrg pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\ 335 1.3 mrg frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ 336 1.3 mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\ 337 1.3 mrg time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\ 338 1.3 mrg \n\ 339 1.3 mrg The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\ 340 1.3 mrg required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\ 341 1.3 mrg listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\ 342 1.3 mrg order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\ 343 1.3 mrg stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\ 344 1.3 mrg the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\ 345 1.3 mrg for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\ 346 1.3 mrg compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\ 347 1.3 mrg or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\ 348 1.3 mrg need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.", 349 1.7 mrg void, (FILE *file), 350 1.1 mrg default_function_pro_epilogue) 351 1.1 mrg 352 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */ 353 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 354 1.1 mrg (function_end_prologue, 355 1.3 mrg "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\ 356 1.3 mrg prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\ 357 1.3 mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ 358 1.3 mrg emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.", 359 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file), 360 1.1 mrg no_asm_to_stream) 361 1.1 mrg 362 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */ 363 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 364 1.1 mrg (function_begin_epilogue, 365 1.3 mrg "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\ 366 1.3 mrg epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\ 367 1.3 mrg emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\ 368 1.3 mrg emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.", 369 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file), 370 1.1 mrg no_asm_to_stream) 371 1.1 mrg 372 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ 373 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 374 1.1 mrg (function_epilogue, 375 1.3 mrg "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\ 376 1.3 mrg function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\ 377 1.3 mrg registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\ 378 1.3 mrg called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\ 379 1.7 mrg same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\ 380 1.3 mrg registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\ 381 1.3 mrg @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\ 382 1.3 mrg \n\ 383 1.3 mrg On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\ 384 1.3 mrg of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\ 385 1.3 mrg instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\ 386 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\ 387 1.3 mrg \n\ 388 1.3 mrg Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\ 389 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\ 390 1.3 mrg switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\ 391 1.3 mrg define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\ 392 1.3 mrg target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\ 393 1.3 mrg condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\ 394 1.3 mrg \n\ 395 1.3 mrg On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\ 396 1.3 mrg function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\ 397 1.3 mrg two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\ 398 1.3 mrg is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\ 399 1.3 mrg @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\ 400 1.3 mrg a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\ 401 1.3 mrg \n\ 402 1.3 mrg Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\ 403 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\ 404 1.3 mrg The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\ 405 1.3 mrg function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\ 406 1.3 mrg \n\ 407 1.3 mrg On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\ 408 1.3 mrg others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\ 409 1.3 mrg given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\ 410 1.3 mrg number of arguments.\n\ 411 1.3 mrg \n\ 412 1.3 mrg @findex pops_args\n\ 413 1.3 mrg @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\ 414 1.3 mrg Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\ 415 1.3 mrg functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\ 416 1.3 mrg needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\ 417 1.3 mrg function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\ 418 1.3 mrg @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.", 419 1.7 mrg void, (FILE *file), 420 1.1 mrg default_function_pro_epilogue) 421 1.1 mrg 422 1.1 mrg /* Initialize target-specific sections. */ 423 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 424 1.1 mrg (init_sections, 425 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\ 426 1.11 mrg @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\ 427 1.3 mrg of its own that you need to create.\n\ 428 1.3 mrg \n\ 429 1.3 mrg GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\ 430 1.3 mrg any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\ 431 1.3 mrg described below.", 432 1.1 mrg void, (void), 433 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 434 1.1 mrg 435 1.1 mrg /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS. 436 1.1 mrg If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with 437 1.1 mrg which this section is associated. */ 438 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 439 1.1 mrg (named_section, 440 1.3 mrg "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\ 441 1.3 mrg should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\ 442 1.3 mrg of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\ 443 1.3 mrg is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\ 444 1.3 mrg this section is associated.", 445 1.1 mrg void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl), 446 1.1 mrg default_no_named_section) 447 1.1 mrg 448 1.6 mrg /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section 449 1.6 mrg declaration, using their numerical value. */ 450 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 451 1.6 mrg (elf_flags_numeric, 452 1.6 mrg "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\ 453 1.6 mrg code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\ 454 1.6 mrg @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\ 455 1.6 mrg emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\ 456 1.6 mrg numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\ 457 1.6 mrg @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\ 458 1.6 mrg normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\ 459 1.6 mrg returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\ 460 1.6 mrg is emitted.", 461 1.6 mrg bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num), 462 1.6 mrg hook_bool_uint_uintp_false) 463 1.6 mrg 464 1.1 mrg /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL. 465 1.1 mrg Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot 466 1.1 mrg functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only 467 1.1 mrg at startup (from static constructors or it is main()). 468 1.1 mrg EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit 469 1.1 mrg (from static destructors). 470 1.1 mrg Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */ 471 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 472 1.1 mrg (function_section, 473 1.3 mrg "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\ 474 1.3 mrg Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\ 475 1.3 mrg functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\ 476 1.3 mrg at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\ 477 1.3 mrg @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\ 478 1.3 mrg (from static destructors).\n\ 479 1.3 mrg Return NULL if function should go to default text section.", 480 1.1 mrg section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit), 481 1.1 mrg default_function_section) 482 1.1 mrg 483 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */ 484 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 485 1.1 mrg (function_switched_text_sections, 486 1.11 mrg "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\ 487 1.11 mrg labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\ 488 1.11 mrg sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\ 489 1.11 mrg decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\ 490 1.11 mrg @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.", 491 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold), 492 1.1 mrg default_function_switched_text_sections) 493 1.1 mrg 494 1.1 mrg /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when 495 1.1 mrg selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations 496 1.1 mrg should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if 497 1.1 mrg local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */ 498 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 499 1.1 mrg (reloc_rw_mask, 500 1.3 mrg "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\ 501 1.3 mrg selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\ 502 1.3 mrg should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\ 503 1.3 mrg local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\ 504 1.3 mrg \n\ 505 1.3 mrg The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\ 506 1.3 mrg is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\ 507 1.3 mrg when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\ 508 1.3 mrg in read-only sections even in executables.", 509 1.1 mrg int, (void), 510 1.1 mrg default_reloc_rw_mask) 511 1.1 mrg 512 1.8 mrg /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table 513 1.8 mrg or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */ 514 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 515 1.8 mrg (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec, 516 1.8 mrg "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\ 517 1.8 mrg or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\ 518 1.8 mrg \n\ 519 1.8 mrg The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\ 520 1.8 mrg equals true and false otherwise", 521 1.8 mrg bool, (void), 522 1.8 mrg default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec) 523 1.8 mrg 524 1.1 mrg /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC 525 1.1 mrg is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be 526 1.1 mrg set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution. 527 1.1 mrg ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */ 528 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 529 1.1 mrg (select_section, 530 1.3 mrg "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\ 531 1.3 mrg assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\ 532 1.3 mrg some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\ 533 1.3 mrg requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\ 534 1.3 mrg local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\ 535 1.3 mrg @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\ 536 1.3 mrg \n\ 537 1.3 mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\ 538 1.3 mrg variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\ 539 1.3 mrg \n\ 540 1.3 mrg See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.", 541 1.1 mrg section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), 542 1.1 mrg default_select_section) 543 1.1 mrg 544 1.1 mrg /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its 545 1.1 mrg alignment in bits. */ 546 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 547 1.1 mrg (select_rtx_section, 548 1.3 mrg "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\ 549 1.3 mrg should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\ 550 1.3 mrg constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\ 551 1.3 mrg case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\ 552 1.3 mrg in bits.\n\ 553 1.3 mrg \n\ 554 1.3 mrg The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\ 555 1.3 mrg constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\ 556 1.3 mrg else in @code{readonly_data_section}.", 557 1.3 mrg section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align), 558 1.1 mrg default_select_rtx_section) 559 1.1 mrg 560 1.1 mrg /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as 561 1.1 mrg for SELECT_SECTION. */ 562 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 563 1.1 mrg (unique_section, 564 1.3 mrg "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\ 565 1.3 mrg and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\ 566 1.3 mrg As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\ 567 1.3 mrg the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\ 568 1.3 mrg \n\ 569 1.3 mrg The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\ 570 1.3 mrg ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\ 571 1.3 mrg example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\ 572 1.3 mrg Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.", 573 1.1 mrg void, (tree decl, int reloc), 574 1.1 mrg default_unique_section) 575 1.1 mrg 576 1.11 mrg /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section 577 1.11 mrg associated with function DECL. */ 578 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 579 1.1 mrg (function_rodata_section, 580 1.11 mrg "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\ 581 1.11 mrg @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\ 582 1.11 mrg over the former.\n\ 583 1.3 mrg The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\ 584 1.3 mrg the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\ 585 1.11 mrg or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\ 586 1.11 mrg the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.", 587 1.11 mrg section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable), 588 1.1 mrg default_function_rodata_section) 589 1.1 mrg 590 1.1 mrg /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix 591 1.1 mrg for mergeable data sections. */ 592 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 593 1.1 mrg (mergeable_rodata_prefix, 594 1.1 mrg "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\ 595 1.1 mrg section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\ 596 1.1 mrg the string if a different section name should be used.", 597 1.1 mrg const char *, ".rodata") 598 1.1 mrg 599 1.1 mrg /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */ 600 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 601 1.1 mrg (tm_clone_table_section, 602 1.11 mrg "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\ 603 1.11 mrg tables.", 604 1.1 mrg section *, (void), default_clone_table_section) 605 1.1 mrg 606 1.1 mrg /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ 607 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 608 1.1 mrg (constructor, 609 1.3 mrg "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\ 610 1.3 mrg the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\ 611 1.3 mrg \n\ 612 1.3 mrg Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\ 613 1.3 mrg no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\ 614 1.3 mrg priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\ 615 1.3 mrg otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\ 616 1.3 mrg \n\ 617 1.3 mrg If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\ 618 1.3 mrg be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\ 619 1.3 mrg target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\ 620 1.3 mrg is not defined.", 621 1.1 mrg void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) 622 1.1 mrg 623 1.1 mrg /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */ 624 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 625 1.1 mrg (destructor, 626 1.3 mrg "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\ 627 1.3 mrg functions rather than initialization functions.", 628 1.1 mrg void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL) 629 1.1 mrg 630 1.1 mrg /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the 631 1.1 mrg declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for 632 1.1 mrg the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be 633 1.1 mrg added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at 634 1.1 mrg *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */ 635 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 636 1.1 mrg (output_mi_thunk, 637 1.3 mrg "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\ 638 1.3 mrg function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\ 639 1.3 mrg inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\ 640 1.3 mrg adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\ 641 1.3 mrg the real function.\n\ 642 1.3 mrg \n\ 643 1.3 mrg First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\ 644 1.3 mrg contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\ 645 1.3 mrg contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\ 646 1.3 mrg in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\ 647 1.3 mrg e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\ 648 1.3 mrg all other incoming arguments.\n\ 649 1.3 mrg \n\ 650 1.3 mrg Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\ 651 1.3 mrg made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\ 652 1.3 mrg adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\ 653 1.3 mrg \n\ 654 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 655 1.3 mrg p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\ 656 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 657 1.3 mrg \n\ 658 1.3 mrg After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\ 659 1.3 mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\ 660 1.3 mrg not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\ 661 1.3 mrg return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\ 662 1.3 mrg \n\ 663 1.3 mrg The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\ 664 1.3 mrg the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\ 665 1.3 mrg of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\ 666 1.3 mrg and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\ 667 1.3 mrg \n\ 668 1.3 mrg The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\ 669 1.3 mrg have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\ 670 1.3 mrg some targets, but probably not.\n\ 671 1.3 mrg \n\ 672 1.3 mrg If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\ 673 1.3 mrg front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\ 674 1.3 mrg @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\ 675 1.3 mrg not support varargs.", 676 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, 677 1.1 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function), 678 1.1 mrg NULL) 679 1.1 mrg 680 1.1 mrg /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */ 681 1.1 mrg /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure 682 1.1 mrg would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's 683 1.1 mrg too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk. 684 1.1 mrg Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of 685 1.1 mrg text to the output file. */ 686 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 687 1.1 mrg (can_output_mi_thunk, 688 1.3 mrg "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\ 689 1.3 mrg to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\ 690 1.3 mrg arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\ 691 1.3 mrg generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\ 692 1.3 mrg previously exposed.", 693 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta, 694 1.1 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function), 695 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false) 696 1.1 mrg 697 1.1 mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a 698 1.1 mrg translation unit. */ 699 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 700 1.1 mrg (file_start, 701 1.3 mrg "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\ 702 1.3 mrg find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\ 703 1.3 mrg by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\ 704 1.3 mrg quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\ 705 1.3 mrg @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\ 706 1.3 mrg lets other target files rely on these variables.", 707 1.1 mrg void, (void), 708 1.1 mrg default_file_start) 709 1.1 mrg 710 1.1 mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */ 711 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 712 1.1 mrg (file_end, 713 1.3 mrg "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 714 1.3 mrg to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.", 715 1.1 mrg void, (void), 716 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 717 1.1 mrg 718 1.1 mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an 719 1.1 mrg LTO output stream. */ 720 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 721 1.1 mrg (lto_start, 722 1.3 mrg "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 723 1.3 mrg to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ 724 1.3 mrg nothing.", 725 1.1 mrg void, (void), 726 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 727 1.1 mrg 728 1.1 mrg /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an 729 1.1 mrg LTO output stream. */ 730 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 731 1.1 mrg (lto_end, 732 1.3 mrg "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\ 733 1.3 mrg to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\ 734 1.3 mrg nothing.", 735 1.1 mrg void, (void), 736 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 737 1.1 mrg 738 1.1 mrg /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a 739 1.1 mrg translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */ 740 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 741 1.1 mrg (code_end, 742 1.3 mrg "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\ 743 1.3 mrg unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\ 744 1.3 mrg here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\ 745 1.3 mrg because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\ 746 1.3 mrg nothing.", 747 1.1 mrg void, (void), 748 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 749 1.1 mrg 750 1.1 mrg /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name 751 1.1 mrg external. */ 752 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 753 1.1 mrg (external_libcall, 754 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ 755 1.3 mrg pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\ 756 1.3 mrg library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.", 757 1.1 mrg void, (rtx symref), 758 1.1 mrg default_external_libcall) 759 1.1 mrg 760 1.1 mrg /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs 761 1.1 mrg linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */ 762 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 763 1.1 mrg (mark_decl_preserved, 764 1.3 mrg "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\ 765 1.3 mrg directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\ 766 1.3 mrg .no_dead_code_strip directive.", 767 1.1 mrg void, (const char *symbol), 768 1.1 mrg hook_void_constcharptr) 769 1.1 mrg 770 1.1 mrg /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */ 771 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 772 1.1 mrg (record_gcc_switches, 773 1.3 mrg "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\ 774 1.11 mrg switches provided as argument.\n\ 775 1.3 mrg \n\ 776 1.3 mrg By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\ 777 1.3 mrg provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\ 778 1.3 mrg it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\ 779 1.3 mrg section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\ 780 1.3 mrg provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\ 781 1.3 mrg hook.", 782 1.11 mrg void, (const char *), 783 1.1 mrg NULL) 784 1.1 mrg 785 1.1 mrg /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of 786 1.1 mrg record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target 787 1.1 mrg specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use 788 1.1 mrg this information. */ 789 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 790 1.1 mrg (record_gcc_switches_section, 791 1.3 mrg "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\ 792 1.3 mrg ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\ 793 1.3 mrg hook.", 794 1.1 mrg const char *, ".GCC.command.line") 795 1.1 mrg 796 1.1 mrg /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */ 797 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 798 1.1 mrg (output_anchor, 799 1.3 mrg "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\ 800 1.3 mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\ 801 1.3 mrg The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\ 802 1.3 mrg of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\ 803 1.3 mrg \n\ 804 1.3 mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\ 805 1.3 mrg it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\ 806 1.3 mrg If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\ 807 1.3 mrg is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.", 808 1.1 mrg void, (rtx x), 809 1.1 mrg default_asm_output_anchor) 810 1.1 mrg 811 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 812 1.1 mrg (output_ident, 813 1.11 mrg "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\ 814 1.11 mrg directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\ 815 1.11 mrg If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\ 816 1.11 mrg directive.", 817 1.1 mrg void, (const char *name), 818 1.1 mrg hook_void_constcharptr) 819 1.1 mrg 820 1.1 mrg /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */ 821 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 822 1.1 mrg (output_dwarf_dtprel, 823 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\ 824 1.3 mrg reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.", 825 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x), 826 1.1 mrg NULL) 827 1.1 mrg 828 1.1 mrg /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */ 829 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 830 1.1 mrg (final_postscan_insn, 831 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\ 832 1.3 mrg output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\ 833 1.3 mrg if necessary.\n\ 834 1.3 mrg \n\ 835 1.3 mrg Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\ 836 1.3 mrg extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\ 837 1.3 mrg elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\ 838 1.3 mrg The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\ 839 1.3 mrg template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\ 840 1.3 mrg by checking the contents of the vector.", 841 1.3 mrg void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands), 842 1.1 mrg NULL) 843 1.1 mrg 844 1.1 mrg /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */ 845 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 846 1.1 mrg (trampoline_template, 847 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\ 848 1.3 mrg on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\ 849 1.3 mrg the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\ 850 1.3 mrg label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\ 851 1.3 mrg \n\ 852 1.3 mrg If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\ 853 1.3 mrg for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\ 854 1.3 mrg code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\ 855 1.3 mrg to generate it on the spot.", 856 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *f), 857 1.1 mrg NULL) 858 1.1 mrg 859 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 860 1.1 mrg (output_source_filename, 861 1.11 mrg "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\ 862 1.11 mrg @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\ 863 1.11 mrg \n\ 864 1.11 mrg This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\ 865 1.11 mrg for the file format in use is appropriate.", 866 1.1 mrg void ,(FILE *file, const char *name), 867 1.1 mrg default_asm_output_source_filename) 868 1.1 mrg 869 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 870 1.1 mrg (output_addr_const_extra, 871 1.3 mrg "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\ 872 1.3 mrg can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\ 873 1.3 mrg the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\ 874 1.3 mrg @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\ 875 1.3 mrg \n\ 876 1.3 mrg If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\ 877 1.3 mrg so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\ 878 1.3 mrg itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\ 879 1.3 mrg return @code{true}.", 880 1.1 mrg bool, (FILE *file, rtx x), 881 1.1 mrg hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false) 882 1.1 mrg 883 1.1 mrg /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct, 884 1.1 mrg even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their 885 1.1 mrg initializers. */ 886 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 887 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 888 1.1 mrg 889 1.1 mrg /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */ 890 1.1 mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND, 891 1.1 mrg not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */ 892 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 893 1.1 mrg (print_operand, 894 1.1 mrg "", 895 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code), 896 1.1 mrg default_print_operand) 897 1.1 mrg 898 1.1 mrg /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */ 899 1.1 mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS, 900 1.1 mrg not this hook, and uses different argument names. */ 901 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 902 1.1 mrg (print_operand_address, 903 1.1 mrg "", 904 1.4 mrg void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr), 905 1.1 mrg default_print_operand_address) 906 1.1 mrg 907 1.1 mrg /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the 908 1.1 mrg `print_operand' hook. */ 909 1.1 mrg /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P, 910 1.1 mrg not this hook. */ 911 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 912 1.1 mrg (print_operand_punct_valid_p, 913 1.1 mrg "", 914 1.1 mrg bool ,(unsigned char code), 915 1.1 mrg default_print_operand_punct_valid_p) 916 1.1 mrg 917 1.1 mrg /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and 918 1.1 mrg ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */ 919 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 920 1.1 mrg (mangle_assembler_name, 921 1.11 mrg "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\ 922 1.11 mrg @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\ 923 1.11 mrg result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\ 924 1.11 mrg default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\ 925 1.11 mrg then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.", 926 1.1 mrg tree, (const char *name), 927 1.1 mrg default_mangle_assembler_name) 928 1.1 mrg 929 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out) 930 1.1 mrg 931 1.1 mrg /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these 932 1.11 mrg default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles. */ 933 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 934 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_" 935 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched) 936 1.1 mrg 937 1.1 mrg /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and 938 1.1 mrg return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through 939 1.1 mrg the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */ 940 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 941 1.1 mrg (adjust_cost, 942 1.3 mrg "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\ 943 1.6 mrg relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\ 944 1.6 mrg dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\ 945 1.6 mrg value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\ 946 1.6 mrg used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\ 947 1.6 mrg description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\ 948 1.6 mrg as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\ 949 1.3 mrg description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\ 950 1.3 mrg output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\ 951 1.3 mrg times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\ 952 1.3 mrg acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\ 953 1.3 mrg @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.", 954 1.6 mrg int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost, 955 1.6 mrg unsigned int dw), 956 1.6 mrg NULL) 957 1.1 mrg 958 1.1 mrg /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */ 959 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 960 1.1 mrg (adjust_priority, 961 1.3 mrg "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\ 962 1.3 mrg @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\ 963 1.3 mrg execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\ 964 1.3 mrg later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\ 965 1.3 mrg scheduling priorities of insns.", 966 1.3 mrg int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL) 967 1.1 mrg 968 1.1 mrg /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be 969 1.1 mrg scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant 970 1.1 mrg over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */ 971 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 972 1.1 mrg (issue_rate, 973 1.3 mrg "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\ 974 1.3 mrg issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\ 975 1.3 mrg Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\ 976 1.3 mrg an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\ 977 1.3 mrg constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\ 978 1.3 mrg hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\ 979 1.3 mrg This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\ 980 1.3 mrg it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\ 981 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.", 982 1.1 mrg int, (void), NULL) 983 1.1 mrg 984 1.1 mrg /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we 985 1.1 mrg can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */ 986 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 987 1.1 mrg (variable_issue, 988 1.3 mrg "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\ 989 1.3 mrg from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\ 990 1.3 mrg still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\ 991 1.3 mrg @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\ 992 1.3 mrg @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\ 993 1.3 mrg You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\ 994 1.3 mrg than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\ 995 1.3 mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ 996 1.3 mrg debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 997 1.3 mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\ 998 1.3 mrg was scheduled.", 999 1.3 mrg int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL) 1000 1.1 mrg 1001 1.1 mrg /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ 1002 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1003 1.1 mrg (init, 1004 1.3 mrg "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\ 1005 1.3 mrg instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\ 1006 1.3 mrg pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\ 1007 1.3 mrg is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ 1008 1.3 mrg @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\ 1009 1.3 mrg region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\ 1010 1.3 mrg scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.", 1011 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL) 1012 1.1 mrg 1013 1.1 mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */ 1014 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1015 1.1 mrg (finish, 1016 1.3 mrg "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\ 1017 1.3 mrg instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\ 1018 1.3 mrg cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\ 1019 1.3 mrg is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\ 1020 1.3 mrg to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 1021 1.3 mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", 1022 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) 1023 1.1 mrg 1024 1.1 mrg /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ 1025 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1026 1.1 mrg (init_global, 1027 1.3 mrg "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\ 1028 1.3 mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ 1029 1.3 mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\ 1030 1.3 mrg @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.", 1031 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL) 1032 1.1 mrg 1033 1.1 mrg /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */ 1034 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1035 1.1 mrg (finish_global, 1036 1.3 mrg "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\ 1037 1.3 mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\ 1038 1.3 mrg @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.", 1039 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL) 1040 1.1 mrg 1041 1.1 mrg /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different 1042 1.1 mrg places. Default does nothing. */ 1043 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1044 1.1 mrg (reorder, 1045 1.3 mrg "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\ 1046 1.3 mrg list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\ 1047 1.3 mrg combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\ 1048 1.3 mrg @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\ 1049 1.3 mrg debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\ 1050 1.3 mrg @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\ 1051 1.3 mrg list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\ 1052 1.3 mrg a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\ 1053 1.3 mrg reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\ 1054 1.3 mrg @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\ 1055 1.3 mrg is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\ 1056 1.3 mrg the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\ 1057 1.3 mrg can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\ 1058 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.", 1059 1.3 mrg int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) 1060 1.1 mrg 1061 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1062 1.1 mrg (reorder2, 1063 1.3 mrg "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\ 1064 1.3 mrg function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\ 1065 1.3 mrg is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\ 1066 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\ 1067 1.3 mrg return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\ 1068 1.3 mrg this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\ 1069 1.3 mrg scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\ 1070 1.3 mrg cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.", 1071 1.3 mrg int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL) 1072 1.3 mrg 1073 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1074 1.3 mrg (macro_fusion_p, 1075 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.", 1076 1.3 mrg bool, (void), NULL) 1077 1.3 mrg 1078 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1079 1.3 mrg (macro_fusion_pair_p, 1080 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\ 1081 1.3 mrg a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\ 1082 1.3 mrg (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\ 1083 1.3 mrg group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\ 1084 1.3 mrg two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\ 1085 1.3 mrg validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.", 1086 1.3 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL) 1087 1.1 mrg 1088 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1089 1.1 mrg after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given 1090 1.1 mrg by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */ 1091 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1092 1.1 mrg (dependencies_evaluation_hook, 1093 1.3 mrg "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\ 1094 1.3 mrg chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\ 1095 1.3 mrg correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\ 1096 1.3 mrg example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\ 1097 1.3 mrg analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\ 1098 1.3 mrg dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\ 1099 1.3 mrg calculated.", 1100 1.3 mrg void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL) 1101 1.1 mrg 1102 1.1 mrg /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions 1103 1.1 mrg used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and 1104 1.1 mrg dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to 1105 1.1 mrg change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated 1106 1.1 mrg processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function 1107 1.1 mrg defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are 1108 1.1 mrg used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of 1109 1.1 mrg the members result in not changing the automaton state when the 1110 1.1 mrg new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */ 1111 1.1 mrg 1112 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1113 1.1 mrg (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn, 1114 1.3 mrg "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", 1115 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 1116 1.1 mrg 1117 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1118 1.1 mrg (dfa_pre_cycle_insn, 1119 1.3 mrg "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\ 1120 1.3 mrg pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\ 1121 1.3 mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\ 1122 1.3 mrg simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\ 1123 1.3 mrg processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\ 1124 1.3 mrg based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\ 1125 1.3 mrg when the new simulated processor cycle starts.", 1126 1.1 mrg rtx, (void), NULL) 1127 1.1 mrg 1128 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1129 1.1 mrg (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn, 1130 1.3 mrg "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\ 1131 1.3 mrg used to initialize data used by the previous hook.", 1132 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 1133 1.1 mrg 1134 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1135 1.1 mrg (dfa_post_cycle_insn, 1136 1.3 mrg "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1137 1.3 mrg to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\ 1138 1.3 mrg simulated processor cycle finishes.", 1139 1.3 mrg rtx_insn *, (void), NULL) 1140 1.1 mrg 1141 1.1 mrg /* The values of the following two members are pointers to 1142 1.1 mrg functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions. 1143 1.1 mrg dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called 1144 1.1 mrg immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */ 1145 1.1 mrg 1146 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1147 1.1 mrg (dfa_pre_advance_cycle, 1148 1.3 mrg "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\ 1149 1.3 mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1150 1.3 mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ 1151 1.3 mrg state on a single insn is not enough.", 1152 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 1153 1.1 mrg 1154 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1155 1.1 mrg (dfa_post_advance_cycle, 1156 1.3 mrg "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\ 1157 1.3 mrg The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\ 1158 1.3 mrg to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\ 1159 1.3 mrg state on a single insn is not enough.", 1160 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 1161 1.1 mrg 1162 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value 1163 1.1 mrg which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for 1164 1.1 mrg multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the 1165 1.1 mrg function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make 1166 1.1 mrg multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will 1167 1.1 mrg try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of 1168 1.1 mrg insns on the same cycle. */ 1169 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1170 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead, 1171 1.3 mrg "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\ 1172 1.3 mrg for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\ 1173 1.3 mrg chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\ 1174 1.3 mrg value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\ 1175 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\ 1176 1.3 mrg subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\ 1177 1.3 mrg maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\ 1178 1.3 mrg @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\ 1179 1.3 mrg packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\ 1180 1.3 mrg rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\ 1181 1.3 mrg \n\ 1182 1.3 mrg This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\ 1183 1.3 mrg processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\ 1184 1.3 mrg with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\ 1185 1.3 mrg @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\ 1186 1.3 mrg @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\ 1187 1.3 mrg processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\ 1188 1.3 mrg @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\ 1189 1.3 mrg until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\ 1190 1.3 mrg the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\ 1191 1.3 mrg \n\ 1192 1.3 mrg Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\ 1193 1.3 mrg pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\ 1194 1.3 mrg schedules to choose the best one.\n\ 1195 1.3 mrg \n\ 1196 1.3 mrg The default is no multipass scheduling.", 1197 1.1 mrg int, (void), NULL) 1198 1.1 mrg 1199 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling 1200 1.1 mrg what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the 1201 1.1 mrg multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn 1202 1.1 mrg passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */ 1203 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1204 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard, 1205 1.3 mrg "\n\ 1206 1.3 mrg This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\ 1207 1.3 mrg considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\ 1208 1.3 mrg zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\ 1209 1.3 mrg Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\ 1210 1.3 mrg the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\ 1211 1.3 mrg Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\ 1212 1.3 mrg number of cycles.\n\ 1213 1.3 mrg Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\ 1214 1.3 mrg instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\ 1215 1.3 mrg to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\ 1216 1.3 mrg \n\ 1217 1.3 mrg The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.", 1218 1.3 mrg int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL) 1219 1.1 mrg 1220 1.1 mrg /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass 1221 1.1 mrg scheduling. 1222 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling. 1223 1.1 mrg READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1224 1.1 mrg optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1225 1.1 mrg should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding 1226 1.1 mrg elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. 1227 1.1 mrg FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass 1228 1.1 mrg scheduling on current cycle. */ 1229 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1230 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_begin, 1231 1.3 mrg "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\ 1232 1.3 mrg scheduling.", 1233 1.3 mrg void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p), 1234 1.1 mrg NULL) 1235 1.1 mrg 1236 1.1 mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN. 1237 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects 1238 1.1 mrg of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA. 1239 1.1 mrg READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1240 1.1 mrg optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1241 1.1 mrg should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding 1242 1.1 mrg elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. 1243 1.1 mrg INSN is the instruction being evaluated. 1244 1.1 mrg PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding 1245 1.1 mrg to a state before issuing INSN. */ 1246 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1247 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_issue, 1248 1.3 mrg "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.", 1249 1.3 mrg void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn, 1250 1.1 mrg const void *prev_data), NULL) 1251 1.1 mrg 1252 1.1 mrg /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of 1253 1.1 mrg instruction corresponding to DATA. 1254 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1255 1.1 mrg of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1256 1.1 mrg described in DFA. 1257 1.1 mrg READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the 1258 1.1 mrg optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that 1259 1.1 mrg should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding 1260 1.1 mrg elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */ 1261 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1262 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack, 1263 1.3 mrg "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\ 1264 1.3 mrg an instruction.", 1265 1.3 mrg void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL) 1266 1.1 mrg 1267 1.1 mrg /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current 1268 1.1 mrg round of multipass scheduling. 1269 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer. 1270 1.1 mrg If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass 1271 1.1 mrg scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of 1272 1.1 mrg the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find 1273 1.1 mrg a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later, 1274 1.1 mrg usually after advancing the cycle count. */ 1275 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1276 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_end, 1277 1.3 mrg "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\ 1278 1.3 mrg round of multipass scheduling.", 1279 1.1 mrg void, (const void *data), NULL) 1280 1.1 mrg 1281 1.1 mrg /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass 1282 1.1 mrg scheduling after it has been allocated. 1283 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1284 1.1 mrg of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1285 1.1 mrg described in DFA. */ 1286 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1287 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_init, 1288 1.3 mrg "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", 1289 1.1 mrg void, (void *data), NULL) 1290 1.1 mrg 1291 1.1 mrg /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass 1292 1.1 mrg scheduling before it is deallocated. 1293 1.1 mrg DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects 1294 1.1 mrg of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not 1295 1.1 mrg described in DFA. */ 1296 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1297 1.1 mrg (first_cycle_multipass_fini, 1298 1.3 mrg "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.", 1299 1.1 mrg void, (void *data), NULL) 1300 1.1 mrg 1301 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by 1302 1.1 mrg the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third 1303 1.1 mrg parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the 1304 1.1 mrg insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that, 1305 1.1 mrg the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through 1306 1.1 mrg the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted 1307 1.1 mrg on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes 1308 1.1 mrg file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler 1309 1.1 mrg verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth 1310 1.1 mrg parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which 1311 1.1 mrg the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */ 1312 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1313 1.1 mrg (dfa_new_cycle, 1314 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\ 1315 1.3 mrg on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\ 1316 1.3 mrg @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\ 1317 1.3 mrg the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\ 1318 1.3 mrg is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\ 1319 1.3 mrg start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\ 1320 1.3 mrg verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\ 1321 1.3 mrg @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\ 1322 1.3 mrg processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\ 1323 1.3 mrg and the current processor cycle.", 1324 1.3 mrg int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock, 1325 1.1 mrg int clock, int *sort_p), 1326 1.1 mrg NULL) 1327 1.1 mrg 1328 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the 1329 1.1 mrg insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence 1330 1.1 mrg which is considered costly by the target, between the insn 1331 1.1 mrg DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is 1332 1.1 mrg the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The 1333 1.1 mrg second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by 1334 1.1 mrg the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles 1335 1.1 mrg between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the 1336 1.1 mrg second insn (second parameter). */ 1337 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1338 1.1 mrg (is_costly_dependence, 1339 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\ 1340 1.3 mrg the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\ 1341 1.3 mrg are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\ 1342 1.3 mrg to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\ 1343 1.3 mrg being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\ 1344 1.3 mrg dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\ 1345 1.3 mrg parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\ 1346 1.3 mrg The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\ 1347 1.3 mrg insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\ 1348 1.3 mrg and @code{false} otherwise.\n\ 1349 1.3 mrg \n\ 1350 1.3 mrg Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\ 1351 1.3 mrg where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\ 1352 1.3 mrg delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\ 1353 1.3 mrg that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\ 1354 1.3 mrg important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\ 1355 1.3 mrg closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\ 1356 1.3 mrg not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.", 1357 1.1 mrg bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL) 1358 1.1 mrg 1359 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1360 1.1 mrg by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend 1361 1.1 mrg that new instructions were emitted. */ 1362 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1363 1.1 mrg (h_i_d_extended, 1364 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\ 1365 1.3 mrg the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\ 1366 1.3 mrg per instruction data structures.", 1367 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 1368 1.1 mrg 1369 1.1 mrg /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */ 1370 1.1 mrg 1371 1.1 mrg /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */ 1372 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1373 1.1 mrg (alloc_sched_context, 1374 1.3 mrg "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.", 1375 1.1 mrg void *, (void), NULL) 1376 1.1 mrg 1377 1.1 mrg /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */ 1378 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1379 1.1 mrg (init_sched_context, 1380 1.3 mrg "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\ 1381 1.3 mrg It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\ 1382 1.3 mrg beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.", 1383 1.1 mrg void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL) 1384 1.1 mrg 1385 1.1 mrg /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */ 1386 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1387 1.1 mrg (set_sched_context, 1388 1.3 mrg "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.", 1389 1.1 mrg void, (void *tc), NULL) 1390 1.1 mrg 1391 1.1 mrg /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */ 1392 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1393 1.1 mrg (clear_sched_context, 1394 1.3 mrg "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", 1395 1.1 mrg void, (void *tc), NULL) 1396 1.1 mrg 1397 1.1 mrg /* Frees the scheduler context. */ 1398 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1399 1.1 mrg (free_sched_context, 1400 1.3 mrg "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.", 1401 1.1 mrg void, (void *tc), NULL) 1402 1.1 mrg 1403 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1404 1.1 mrg by the insn scheduler. 1405 1.1 mrg The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type 1406 1.1 mrg of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the 1407 1.1 mrg speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1). 1408 1.1 mrg It should return 1409 1.1 mrg -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type, 1410 1.1 mrg 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type, 1411 1.1 mrg 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly 1412 1.1 mrg generated one. */ 1413 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1414 1.1 mrg (speculate_insn, 1415 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\ 1416 1.3 mrg speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\ 1417 1.3 mrg The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\ 1418 1.3 mrg version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\ 1419 1.3 mrg pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\ 1420 1.3 mrg or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\ 1421 1.3 mrg speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\ 1422 1.3 mrg the generated speculative pattern.", 1423 1.3 mrg int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL) 1424 1.1 mrg 1425 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1426 1.1 mrg by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction 1427 1.1 mrg passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */ 1428 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1429 1.1 mrg (needs_block_p, 1430 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\ 1431 1.3 mrg for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\ 1432 1.3 mrg instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.", 1433 1.3 mrg bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL) 1434 1.1 mrg 1435 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1436 1.1 mrg by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check 1437 1.1 mrg instruction. 1438 1.1 mrg The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter 1439 1.1 mrg is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a 1440 1.3 mrg simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that 1441 1.3 mrg is being performed. */ 1442 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1443 1.1 mrg (gen_spec_check, 1444 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\ 1445 1.3 mrg check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\ 1446 1.3 mrg speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\ 1447 1.3 mrg @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\ 1448 1.3 mrg be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\ 1449 1.3 mrg recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\ 1450 1.3 mrg a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\ 1451 1.3 mrg @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.", 1452 1.3 mrg rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL) 1453 1.1 mrg 1454 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides 1455 1.1 mrg information about the speculation capabilities of the target. 1456 1.1 mrg The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */ 1457 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1458 1.1 mrg (set_sched_flags, 1459 1.3 mrg "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\ 1460 1.3 mrg enabled/used.\n\ 1461 1.3 mrg The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\ 1462 1.3 mrg The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.", 1463 1.1 mrg void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL) 1464 1.1 mrg 1465 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1466 1.1 mrg (get_insn_spec_ds, 1467 1.1 mrg "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.", 1468 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 1469 1.1 mrg 1470 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1471 1.1 mrg (get_insn_checked_ds, 1472 1.1 mrg "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}", 1473 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 1474 1.1 mrg 1475 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 1476 1.6 mrg (can_speculate_insn, 1477 1.6 mrg "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\ 1478 1.6 mrg because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\ 1479 1.6 mrg instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\ 1480 1.6 mrg pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\ 1481 1.6 mrg should not be speculated.", 1482 1.6 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true) 1483 1.6 mrg 1484 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 1485 1.1 mrg (skip_rtx_p, 1486 1.1 mrg "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\ 1487 1.1 mrg advance to the inner rtxes.", 1488 1.1 mrg bool, (const_rtx x), NULL) 1489 1.1 mrg 1490 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides 1491 1.1 mrg information about the target resource-based lower bound which is 1492 1.1 mrg used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer 1493 1.1 mrg to ddg variable. */ 1494 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1495 1.1 mrg (sms_res_mii, 1496 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\ 1497 1.3 mrg resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\ 1498 1.3 mrg the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\ 1499 1.3 mrg backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\ 1500 1.3 mrg bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\ 1501 1.3 mrg of instructions divided by the issue rate.", 1502 1.1 mrg int, (struct ddg *g), NULL) 1503 1.1 mrg 1504 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch 1505 1.1 mrg schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its 1506 1.1 mrg parameters. */ 1507 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1508 1.1 mrg (dispatch_do, 1509 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\ 1510 1.3 mrg in its second parameter.", 1511 1.3 mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x), 1512 1.3 mrg hook_void_rtx_insn_int) 1513 1.1 mrg 1514 1.9 mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns true is 1515 1.1 mrg dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed 1516 1.1 mrg as the second parameter is true. */ 1517 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1518 1.1 mrg (dispatch, 1519 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\ 1520 1.3 mrg is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.", 1521 1.3 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x), 1522 1.3 mrg hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false) 1523 1.1 mrg 1524 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 1525 1.1 mrg (exposed_pipeline, 1526 1.1 mrg "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\ 1527 1.1 mrg the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\ 1528 1.1 mrg also the latencies of operations.", 1529 1.1 mrg bool, false) 1530 1.1 mrg 1531 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns number 1532 1.1 mrg of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for 1533 1.1 mrg statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */ 1534 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1535 1.1 mrg (reassociation_width, 1536 1.1 mrg "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\ 1537 1.1 mrg parallelism required in output calculations chain.", 1538 1.3 mrg int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode), 1539 1.1 mrg hook_int_uint_mode_1) 1540 1.1 mrg 1541 1.3 mrg /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for 1542 1.3 mrg fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */ 1543 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1544 1.3 mrg (fusion_priority, 1545 1.3 mrg "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\ 1546 1.3 mrg priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\ 1547 1.3 mrg are returned via pointer parameters.\n\ 1548 1.3 mrg \n\ 1549 1.3 mrg @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\ 1550 1.3 mrg @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\ 1551 1.3 mrg @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\ 1552 1.3 mrg fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\ 1553 1.3 mrg @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\ 1554 1.3 mrg should be calculated and returned.\n\ 1555 1.3 mrg \n\ 1556 1.3 mrg Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\ 1557 1.3 mrg be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\ 1558 1.3 mrg instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\ 1559 1.3 mrg sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\ 1560 1.3 mrg scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\ 1561 1.3 mrg should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\ 1562 1.3 mrg false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\ 1563 1.3 mrg scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\ 1564 1.3 mrg instructions.\n\ 1565 1.3 mrg \n\ 1566 1.3 mrg Given below example:\n\ 1567 1.3 mrg \n\ 1568 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 1569 1.3 mrg ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\ 1570 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r10\n\ 1571 1.3 mrg ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\ 1572 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r15\n\ 1573 1.3 mrg ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\ 1574 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r11\n\ 1575 1.3 mrg ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\ 1576 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r16\n\ 1577 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 1578 1.3 mrg \n\ 1579 1.3 mrg On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\ 1580 1.3 mrg merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\ 1581 1.3 mrg loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\ 1582 1.3 mrg this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\ 1583 1.3 mrg instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\ 1584 1.3 mrg \n\ 1585 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 1586 1.3 mrg ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\ 1587 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1588 1.3 mrg ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\ 1589 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1590 1.3 mrg ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\ 1591 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1592 1.3 mrg ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\ 1593 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\ 1594 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 1595 1.3 mrg \n\ 1596 1.3 mrg Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\ 1597 1.3 mrg to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\ 1598 1.3 mrg pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\ 1599 1.3 mrg \n\ 1600 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 1601 1.3 mrg ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\ 1602 1.3 mrg ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\ 1603 1.3 mrg ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\ 1604 1.3 mrg ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\ 1605 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r10\n\ 1606 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r15\n\ 1607 1.3 mrg add r4, r4, r11\n\ 1608 1.3 mrg sub r5, r5, r16\n\ 1609 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 1610 1.3 mrg \n\ 1611 1.3 mrg Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\ 1612 1.3 mrg \n\ 1613 1.3 mrg Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\ 1614 1.3 mrg work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\ 1615 1.3 mrg \n\ 1616 1.3 mrg This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\ 1617 1.3 mrg the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.", 1618 1.3 mrg void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL) 1619 1.3 mrg 1620 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched) 1621 1.1 mrg 1622 1.7 mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */ 1623 1.3 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 1624 1.3 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_" 1625 1.3 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone) 1626 1.3 mrg 1627 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1628 1.3 mrg (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen, 1629 1.3 mrg "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\ 1630 1.3 mrg fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\ 1631 1.3 mrg @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\ 1632 1.3 mrg The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\ 1633 1.3 mrg or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.", 1634 1.3 mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL) 1635 1.3 mrg 1636 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1637 1.3 mrg (adjust, 1638 1.3 mrg "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\ 1639 1.3 mrg to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.", 1640 1.3 mrg void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) 1641 1.3 mrg 1642 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 1643 1.3 mrg (usable, 1644 1.3 mrg "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\ 1645 1.3 mrg in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\ 1646 1.3 mrg usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\ 1647 1.3 mrg to use it.", 1648 1.3 mrg int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL) 1649 1.3 mrg 1650 1.3 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone) 1651 1.3 mrg 1652 1.6 mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */ 1653 1.6 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 1654 1.6 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_" 1655 1.6 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt) 1656 1.6 mrg 1657 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 1658 1.6 mrg (vf, 1659 1.6 mrg "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.", 1660 1.6 mrg int, (void), NULL) 1661 1.6 mrg 1662 1.6 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt) 1663 1.6 mrg 1664 1.9 mrg /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */ 1665 1.9 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 1666 1.9 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_" 1667 1.9 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp) 1668 1.9 mrg 1669 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 1670 1.9 mrg (device_kind_arch_isa, 1671 1.9 mrg "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\ 1672 1.9 mrg device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\ 1673 1.9 mrg whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\ 1674 1.9 mrg but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.", 1675 1.9 mrg int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL) 1676 1.9 mrg 1677 1.9 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp) 1678 1.9 mrg 1679 1.4 mrg /* Functions relating to openacc. */ 1680 1.4 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 1681 1.4 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_" 1682 1.4 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc) 1683 1.4 mrg 1684 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 1685 1.4 mrg (validate_dims, 1686 1.4 mrg "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\ 1687 1.4 mrg compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\ 1688 1.4 mrg and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\ 1689 1.9 mrg function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\ 1690 1.4 mrg outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\ 1691 1.4 mrg should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\ 1692 1.4 mrg are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\ 1693 1.4 mrg Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\ 1694 1.4 mrg true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\ 1695 1.4 mrg provide dimensions larger than 1.", 1696 1.8 mrg bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used), 1697 1.4 mrg default_goacc_validate_dims) 1698 1.4 mrg 1699 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 1700 1.4 mrg (dim_limit, 1701 1.4 mrg "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\ 1702 1.4 mrg or zero if unbounded.", 1703 1.4 mrg int, (int axis), 1704 1.4 mrg default_goacc_dim_limit) 1705 1.4 mrg 1706 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 1707 1.4 mrg (fork_join, 1708 1.4 mrg "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\ 1709 1.4 mrg function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\ 1710 1.4 mrg should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\ 1711 1.4 mrg It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\ 1712 1.4 mrg return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\ 1713 1.4 mrg gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\ 1714 1.4 mrg The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.", 1715 1.4 mrg bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork), 1716 1.4 mrg default_goacc_fork_join) 1717 1.4 mrg 1718 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 1719 1.4 mrg (reduction, 1720 1.4 mrg "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\ 1721 1.4 mrg @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\ 1722 1.4 mrg instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\ 1723 1.4 mrg the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\ 1724 1.4 mrg expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\ 1725 1.4 mrg for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.", 1726 1.4 mrg void, (gcall *call), 1727 1.4 mrg default_goacc_reduction) 1728 1.4 mrg 1729 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 1730 1.11 mrg (adjust_private_decl, 1731 1.11 mrg "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\ 1732 1.11 mrg OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\ 1733 1.11 mrg parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\ 1734 1.11 mrg @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\ 1735 1.11 mrg declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\ 1736 1.11 mrg @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\ 1737 1.11 mrg \n\ 1738 1.11 mrg You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\ 1739 1.11 mrg adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\ 1740 1.11 mrg way.", 1741 1.11 mrg tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level), 1742 1.11 mrg NULL) 1743 1.11 mrg 1744 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 1745 1.11 mrg (expand_var_decl, 1746 1.11 mrg "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\ 1747 1.11 mrg specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\ 1748 1.11 mrg to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\ 1749 1.11 mrg memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\ 1750 1.11 mrg handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\ 1751 1.11 mrg \n\ 1752 1.11 mrg Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\ 1753 1.11 mrg @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\ 1754 1.11 mrg private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\ 1755 1.11 mrg @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.", 1756 1.11 mrg rtx, (tree var), 1757 1.11 mrg NULL) 1758 1.11 mrg 1759 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 1760 1.11 mrg (create_worker_broadcast_record, 1761 1.11 mrg "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\ 1762 1.11 mrg worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\ 1763 1.11 mrg of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\ 1764 1.11 mrg \n\ 1765 1.11 mrg Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\ 1766 1.11 mrg be used.", 1767 1.11 mrg tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset), 1768 1.11 mrg NULL) 1769 1.11 mrg 1770 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 1771 1.11 mrg (shared_mem_layout, 1772 1.11 mrg "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\ 1773 1.11 mrg arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\ 1774 1.11 mrg broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\ 1775 1.11 mrg arguments are for the current offload region.", 1776 1.11 mrg void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[], 1777 1.11 mrg unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]), 1778 1.11 mrg NULL) 1779 1.11 mrg 1780 1.4 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc) 1781 1.4 mrg 1782 1.1 mrg /* Functions relating to vectorization. */ 1783 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 1784 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_" 1785 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize) 1786 1.1 mrg 1787 1.1 mrg /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called 1788 1.1 mrg by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin 1789 1.1 mrg function. */ 1790 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1791 1.1 mrg (builtin_mask_for_load, 1792 1.3 mrg "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\ 1793 1.3 mrg address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\ 1794 1.3 mrg used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\ 1795 1.3 mrg @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\ 1796 1.3 mrg \n\ 1797 1.3 mrg The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\ 1798 1.3 mrg @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\ 1799 1.3 mrg the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\ 1800 1.3 mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\ 1801 1.3 mrg two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\ 1802 1.3 mrg @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\ 1803 1.3 mrg the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\ 1804 1.3 mrg from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\ 1805 1.3 mrg @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\ 1806 1.3 mrg @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\ 1807 1.3 mrg @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\ 1808 1.3 mrg \n\ 1809 1.3 mrg If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\ 1810 1.3 mrg to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\ 1811 1.3 mrg use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\ 1812 1.3 mrg @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\ 1813 1.3 mrg should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\ 1814 1.3 mrg described above.\n\ 1815 1.3 mrg If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\ 1816 1.3 mrg the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\ 1817 1.3 mrg log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.", 1818 1.1 mrg tree, (void), NULL) 1819 1.1 mrg 1820 1.4 mrg /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of 1821 1.4 mrg a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 1822 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1823 1.1 mrg (builtin_vectorized_function, 1824 1.3 mrg "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\ 1825 1.4 mrg vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\ 1826 1.3 mrg @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\ 1827 1.4 mrg The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\ 1828 1.4 mrg @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.", 1829 1.4 mrg tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in), 1830 1.4 mrg default_builtin_vectorized_function) 1831 1.4 mrg 1832 1.4 mrg /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of 1833 1.4 mrg a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 1834 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 1835 1.4 mrg (builtin_md_vectorized_function, 1836 1.4 mrg "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\ 1837 1.4 mrg vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\ 1838 1.3 mrg return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\ 1839 1.3 mrg @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.", 1840 1.1 mrg tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in), 1841 1.4 mrg default_builtin_md_vectorized_function) 1842 1.1 mrg 1843 1.1 mrg /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost 1844 1.1 mrg model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends 1845 1.1 mrg on the data type and misalignment value. */ 1846 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1847 1.1 mrg (builtin_vectorization_cost, 1848 1.3 mrg "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\ 1849 1.3 mrg For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\ 1850 1.3 mrg misalignment value (@var{misalign}).", 1851 1.1 mrg int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign), 1852 1.1 mrg default_builtin_vectorization_cost) 1853 1.1 mrg 1854 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 1855 1.7 mrg (preferred_vector_alignment, 1856 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\ 1857 1.7 mrg vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\ 1858 1.7 mrg or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\ 1859 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\ 1860 1.7 mrg a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\ 1861 1.7 mrg for alignment.\n\ 1862 1.7 mrg \n\ 1863 1.7 mrg The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\ 1864 1.7 mrg correct for most targets.", 1865 1.8 mrg poly_uint64, (const_tree type), 1866 1.7 mrg default_preferred_vector_alignment) 1867 1.7 mrg 1868 1.1 mrg /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N 1869 1.4 mrg iterations) for the given scalar type. */ 1870 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1871 1.1 mrg (vector_alignment_reachable, 1872 1.11 mrg "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\ 1873 1.11 mrg for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\ 1874 1.11 mrg access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.", 1875 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed), 1876 1.1 mrg default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable) 1877 1.1 mrg 1878 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1879 1.7 mrg (vec_perm_const, 1880 1.7 mrg "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\ 1881 1.7 mrg vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\ 1882 1.7 mrg also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\ 1883 1.7 mrg and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\ 1884 1.7 mrg the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\ 1885 1.11 mrg operands of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\ 1886 1.7 mrg @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\ 1887 1.7 mrg \n\ 1888 1.7 mrg Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\ 1889 1.7 mrg if rtxes are provided.\n\ 1890 1.7 mrg \n\ 1891 1.7 mrg @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\ 1892 1.7 mrg If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\ 1893 1.7 mrg try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\ 1894 1.7 mrg the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\ 1895 1.7 mrg instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\ 1896 1.7 mrg implementation approaches itself.", 1897 1.7 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1, 1898 1.7 mrg const vec_perm_indices &sel), 1899 1.1 mrg NULL) 1900 1.1 mrg 1901 1.1 mrg /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a 1902 1.1 mrg specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter 1903 1.1 mrg is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */ 1904 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1905 1.1 mrg (support_vector_misalignment, 1906 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\ 1907 1.3 mrg store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\ 1908 1.3 mrg parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\ 1909 1.3 mrg the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\ 1910 1.3 mrg parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.", 1911 1.1 mrg bool, 1912 1.3 mrg (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed), 1913 1.1 mrg default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment) 1914 1.1 mrg 1915 1.1 mrg /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified 1916 1.1 mrg scalar mode. */ 1917 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1918 1.1 mrg (preferred_simd_mode, 1919 1.3 mrg "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\ 1920 1.3 mrg mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\ 1921 1.3 mrg equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\ 1922 1.3 mrg transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.", 1923 1.3 mrg machine_mode, 1924 1.7 mrg (scalar_mode mode), 1925 1.1 mrg default_preferred_simd_mode) 1926 1.1 mrg 1927 1.7 mrg /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */ 1928 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 1929 1.7 mrg (split_reduction, 1930 1.7 mrg "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\ 1931 1.7 mrg step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\ 1932 1.7 mrg against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\ 1933 1.7 mrg reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.", 1934 1.7 mrg machine_mode, 1935 1.7 mrg (machine_mode), 1936 1.7 mrg default_split_reduction) 1937 1.7 mrg 1938 1.1 mrg /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing 1939 1.1 mrg after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */ 1940 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 1941 1.9 mrg (autovectorize_vector_modes, 1942 1.9 mrg "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\ 1943 1.9 mrg is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\ 1944 1.9 mrg @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\ 1945 1.9 mrg passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\ 1946 1.9 mrg for a given element mode.\n\ 1947 1.9 mrg \n\ 1948 1.9 mrg The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\ 1949 1.9 mrg possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\ 1950 1.9 mrg integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\ 1951 1.9 mrg mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\ 1952 1.9 mrg element mode.\n\ 1953 1.9 mrg \n\ 1954 1.9 mrg If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\ 1955 1.9 mrg not expected to be worthwhile.\n\ 1956 1.9 mrg \n\ 1957 1.9 mrg The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\ 1958 1.9 mrg @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\ 1959 1.9 mrg @table @code\n\ 1960 1.9 mrg @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\ 1961 1.9 mrg Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\ 1962 1.9 mrg with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\ 1963 1.9 mrg mode that works.\n\ 1964 1.9 mrg @end table\n\ 1965 1.7 mrg \n\ 1966 1.7 mrg The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\ 1967 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\ 1968 1.9 mrg for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\ 1969 1.9 mrg returns 0.", 1970 1.9 mrg unsigned int, 1971 1.9 mrg (vector_modes *modes, bool all), 1972 1.9 mrg default_autovectorize_vector_modes) 1973 1.9 mrg 1974 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 1975 1.9 mrg (related_mode, 1976 1.9 mrg "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\ 1977 1.9 mrg to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\ 1978 1.9 mrg it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\ 1979 1.9 mrg the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\ 1980 1.9 mrg size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\ 1981 1.9 mrg @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\ 1982 1.9 mrg required properties.\n\ 1983 1.9 mrg \n\ 1984 1.9 mrg There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\ 1985 1.9 mrg is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\ 1986 1.9 mrg as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\ 1987 1.9 mrg fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\ 1988 1.9 mrg same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\ 1989 1.9 mrg if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\ 1990 1.9 mrg might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\ 1991 1.9 mrg elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\ 1992 1.9 mrg vector sizes.\n\ 1993 1.9 mrg \n\ 1994 1.9 mrg The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\ 1995 1.9 mrg requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\ 1996 1.9 mrg when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.", 1997 1.9 mrg opt_machine_mode, 1998 1.9 mrg (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits), 1999 1.9 mrg default_vectorize_related_mode) 2000 1.1 mrg 2001 1.4 mrg /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */ 2002 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 2003 1.4 mrg (get_mask_mode, 2004 1.9 mrg "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\ 2005 1.9 mrg result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\ 2006 1.9 mrg can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\ 2007 1.9 mrg booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\ 2008 1.9 mrg @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\ 2009 1.9 mrg mask mode exists.\n\ 2010 1.9 mrg \n\ 2011 1.9 mrg The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\ 2012 1.9 mrg same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.", 2013 1.7 mrg opt_machine_mode, 2014 1.9 mrg (machine_mode mode), 2015 1.4 mrg default_get_mask_mode) 2016 1.4 mrg 2017 1.7 mrg /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the 2018 1.7 mrg mask is all zeros. */ 2019 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 2020 1.7 mrg (empty_mask_is_expensive, 2021 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\ 2022 1.7 mrg type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\ 2023 1.7 mrg all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.", 2024 1.7 mrg bool, 2025 1.7 mrg (unsigned ifn), 2026 1.7 mrg default_empty_mask_is_expensive) 2027 1.7 mrg 2028 1.1 mrg /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */ 2029 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2030 1.1 mrg (builtin_gather, 2031 1.3 mrg "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\ 2032 1.3 mrg is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\ 2033 1.3 mrg the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\ 2034 1.3 mrg The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\ 2035 1.3 mrg loads.", 2036 1.1 mrg tree, 2037 1.1 mrg (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale), 2038 1.1 mrg NULL) 2039 1.1 mrg 2040 1.4 mrg /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */ 2041 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 2042 1.4 mrg (builtin_scatter, 2043 1.4 mrg "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\ 2044 1.4 mrg is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\ 2045 1.4 mrg the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\ 2046 1.4 mrg The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\ 2047 1.4 mrg stores.", 2048 1.4 mrg tree, 2049 1.4 mrg (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale), 2050 1.4 mrg NULL) 2051 1.4 mrg 2052 1.1 mrg /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */ 2053 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2054 1.11 mrg (create_costs, 2055 1.11 mrg "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\ 2056 1.11 mrg for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\ 2057 1.11 mrg allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\ 2058 1.11 mrg body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\ 2059 1.11 mrg non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\ 2060 1.11 mrg is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\ 2061 1.11 mrg current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\ 2062 1.11 mrg it is for the vector version.", 2063 1.11 mrg class vector_costs *, 2064 1.11 mrg (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar), 2065 1.11 mrg default_vectorize_create_costs) 2066 1.1 mrg 2067 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize) 2068 1.1 mrg 2069 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 2070 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 2071 1.1 mrg 2072 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2073 1.8 mrg (preferred_else_value, 2074 1.8 mrg "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\ 2075 1.8 mrg to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\ 2076 1.8 mrg @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\ 2077 1.8 mrg function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\ 2078 1.8 mrg of which there are @var{nops}.\n\ 2079 1.8 mrg \n\ 2080 1.8 mrg For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\ 2081 1.8 mrg a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\ 2082 1.8 mrg and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\ 2083 1.8 mrg \n\ 2084 1.8 mrg This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\ 2085 1.8 mrg like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\ 2086 1.8 mrg constant of type @var{type}.", 2087 1.8 mrg tree, 2088 1.8 mrg (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops), 2089 1.8 mrg default_preferred_else_value) 2090 1.8 mrg 2091 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 2092 1.3 mrg (record_offload_symbol, 2093 1.3 mrg "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\ 2094 1.3 mrg sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\ 2095 1.3 mrg recorded in the offload function and variable table.", 2096 1.3 mrg void, (tree), 2097 1.3 mrg hook_void_tree) 2098 1.3 mrg 2099 1.3 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 2100 1.3 mrg (absolute_biggest_alignment, 2101 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\ 2102 1.3 mrg that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\ 2103 1.3 mrg @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.", 2104 1.3 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) 2105 1.3 mrg 2106 1.1 mrg /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have 2107 1.1 mrg been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the 2108 1.1 mrg end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */ 2109 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2110 1.1 mrg (override_options_after_change, 2111 1.3 mrg "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\ 2112 1.3 mrg but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\ 2113 1.3 mrg pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\ 2114 1.3 mrg attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\ 2115 1.3 mrg when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\ 2116 1.3 mrg actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\ 2117 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.", 2118 1.1 mrg void, (void), 2119 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 2120 1.1 mrg 2121 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2122 1.3 mrg (offload_options, 2123 1.3 mrg "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\ 2124 1.3 mrg translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\ 2125 1.3 mrg into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\ 2126 1.3 mrg to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\ 2127 1.3 mrg separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n", 2128 1.3 mrg char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null) 2129 1.3 mrg 2130 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2131 1.1 mrg (eh_return_filter_mode, 2132 1.1 mrg "Return machine mode for filter value.", 2133 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (void), 2134 1.1 mrg default_eh_return_filter_mode) 2135 1.1 mrg 2136 1.1 mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */ 2137 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2138 1.1 mrg (libgcc_cmp_return_mode, 2139 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\ 2140 1.3 mrg of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ 2141 1.3 mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ 2142 1.3 mrg targets.", 2143 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (void), 2144 1.1 mrg default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode) 2145 1.1 mrg 2146 1.1 mrg /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */ 2147 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2148 1.1 mrg (libgcc_shift_count_mode, 2149 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\ 2150 1.3 mrg of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\ 2151 1.3 mrg @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\ 2152 1.3 mrg targets.", 2153 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (void), 2154 1.1 mrg default_libgcc_shift_count_mode) 2155 1.1 mrg 2156 1.1 mrg /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */ 2157 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2158 1.1 mrg (unwind_word_mode, 2159 1.3 mrg "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\ 2160 1.3 mrg The default is to use @code{word_mode}.", 2161 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (void), 2162 1.1 mrg default_unwind_word_mode) 2163 1.1 mrg 2164 1.1 mrg /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */ 2165 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2166 1.1 mrg (merge_decl_attributes, 2167 1.3 mrg "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\ 2168 1.3 mrg handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ 2169 1.3 mrg @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\ 2170 1.3 mrg @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\ 2171 1.3 mrg when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\ 2172 1.3 mrg attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\ 2173 1.3 mrg call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\ 2174 1.3 mrg \n\ 2175 1.3 mrg @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\ 2176 1.3 mrg If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\ 2177 1.3 mrg for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\ 2178 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\ 2179 1.3 mrg will then define a function called\n\ 2180 1.3 mrg @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\ 2181 1.3 mrg the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\ 2182 1.3 mrg add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\ 2183 1.3 mrg to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\ 2184 1.3 mrg @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\ 2185 1.11 mrg @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.", 2186 1.1 mrg tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl), 2187 1.1 mrg merge_decl_attributes) 2188 1.1 mrg 2189 1.1 mrg /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */ 2190 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2191 1.1 mrg (merge_type_attributes, 2192 1.3 mrg "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\ 2193 1.3 mrg handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\ 2194 1.3 mrg @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\ 2195 1.3 mrg that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\ 2196 1.3 mrg function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\ 2197 1.3 mrg merging.", 2198 1.1 mrg tree, (tree type1, tree type2), 2199 1.1 mrg merge_type_attributes) 2200 1.1 mrg 2201 1.1 mrg /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them. 2202 1.1 mrg Ignored if NULL. */ 2203 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 2204 1.1 mrg (attribute_table, 2205 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\ 2206 1.4 mrg attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\ 2207 1.3 mrg specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\ 2208 1.3 mrg entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\ 2209 1.3 mrg take.", 2210 1.1 mrg const struct attribute_spec *, NULL) 2211 1.1 mrg 2212 1.1 mrg /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first 2213 1.1 mrg argument. */ 2214 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2215 1.1 mrg (attribute_takes_identifier_p, 2216 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\ 2217 1.3 mrg machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\ 2218 1.3 mrg given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\ 2219 1.3 mrg subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\ 2220 1.3 mrg false for all machine-specific attributes.", 2221 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree name), 2222 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2223 1.1 mrg 2224 1.1 mrg /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible, 2225 1.1 mrg one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible 2226 1.1 mrg (which causes a warning to be generated). */ 2227 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2228 1.1 mrg (comp_type_attributes, 2229 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\ 2230 1.3 mrg @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\ 2231 1.3 mrg and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\ 2232 1.3 mrg generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\ 2233 1.3 mrg supposed always to be compatible.", 2234 1.1 mrg int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2), 2235 1.1 mrg hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1) 2236 1.1 mrg 2237 1.1 mrg /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */ 2238 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2239 1.1 mrg (set_default_type_attributes, 2240 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\ 2241 1.3 mrg the newly defined @var{type}.", 2242 1.1 mrg void, (tree type), 2243 1.1 mrg hook_void_tree) 2244 1.1 mrg 2245 1.1 mrg /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */ 2246 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2247 1.1 mrg (insert_attributes, 2248 1.3 mrg "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\ 2249 1.3 mrg when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\ 2250 1.3 mrg wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\ 2251 1.3 mrg the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\ 2252 1.3 mrg created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\ 2253 1.3 mrg for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\ 2254 1.3 mrg shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\ 2255 1.3 mrg the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\ 2256 1.3 mrg attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\ 2257 1.3 mrg needed.", 2258 1.1 mrg void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr), 2259 1.1 mrg hook_void_tree_treeptr) 2260 1.1 mrg 2261 1.9 mrg /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */ 2262 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 2263 1.9 mrg (handle_generic_attribute, 2264 1.9 mrg "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\ 2265 1.9 mrg target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\ 2266 1.9 mrg by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\ 2267 1.9 mrg attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\ 2268 1.9 mrg @var{section} attribute.", 2269 1.9 mrg tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs), 2270 1.9 mrg hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null) 2271 1.9 mrg 2272 1.1 mrg /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute) 2273 1.1 mrg can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */ 2274 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2275 1.1 mrg (function_attribute_inlinable_p, 2276 1.3 mrg "@cindex inlining\n\ 2277 1.3 mrg This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\ 2278 1.3 mrg into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\ 2279 1.3 mrg attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\ 2280 1.3 mrg target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.", 2281 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree fndecl), 2282 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2283 1.1 mrg 2284 1.1 mrg /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the 2285 1.1 mrg Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */ 2286 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2287 1.1 mrg (ms_bitfield_layout_p, 2288 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\ 2289 1.3 mrg @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\ 2290 1.3 mrg Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\ 2291 1.3 mrg unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\ 2292 1.3 mrg different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\ 2293 1.3 mrg alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\ 2294 1.3 mrg bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\ 2295 1.3 mrg the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\ 2296 1.3 mrg (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\ 2297 1.3 mrg another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\ 2298 1.3 mrg other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\ 2299 1.3 mrg \n\ 2300 1.3 mrg When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\ 2301 1.3 mrg of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\ 2302 1.3 mrg bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\ 2303 1.3 mrg and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\ 2304 1.3 mrg chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\ 2305 1.3 mrg size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\ 2306 1.3 mrg alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\ 2307 1.3 mrg \n\ 2308 1.3 mrg If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\ 2309 1.3 mrg the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\ 2310 1.3 mrg used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\ 2311 1.3 mrg precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\ 2312 1.3 mrg may affect its placement.", 2313 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree record_type), 2314 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 2315 1.1 mrg 2316 1.1 mrg /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for 2317 1.1 mrg target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing 2318 1.1 mrg before switching completely to the target hook. */ 2319 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2320 1.1 mrg (words_big_endian, 2321 1.1 mrg "", 2322 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2323 1.1 mrg targhook_words_big_endian) 2324 1.1 mrg 2325 1.1 mrg /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */ 2326 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2327 1.1 mrg (float_words_big_endian, 2328 1.1 mrg "", 2329 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2330 1.1 mrg targhook_float_words_big_endian) 2331 1.1 mrg 2332 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2333 1.3 mrg (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p, 2334 1.11 mrg "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\ 2335 1.11 mrg and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\ 2336 1.11 mrg @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\ 2337 1.11 mrg By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\ 2338 1.11 mrg available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\ 2339 1.11 mrg point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\ 2340 1.11 mrg does not.", 2341 1.3 mrg bool, (void), 2342 1.3 mrg default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p) 2343 1.3 mrg 2344 1.1 mrg /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */ 2345 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2346 1.1 mrg (decimal_float_supported_p, 2347 1.3 mrg "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.", 2348 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2349 1.1 mrg default_decimal_float_supported_p) 2350 1.1 mrg 2351 1.1 mrg /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */ 2352 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2353 1.1 mrg (fixed_point_supported_p, 2354 1.3 mrg "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.", 2355 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2356 1.1 mrg default_fixed_point_supported_p) 2357 1.1 mrg 2358 1.1 mrg /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */ 2359 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2360 1.1 mrg (align_anon_bitfield, 2361 1.3 mrg "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\ 2362 1.3 mrg whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\ 2363 1.3 mrg structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\ 2364 1.3 mrg the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.", 2365 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2366 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 2367 1.1 mrg 2368 1.1 mrg /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible. 2369 1.1 mrg Return false if they should use the container type. */ 2370 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2371 1.1 mrg (narrow_volatile_bitfield, 2372 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\ 2373 1.3 mrg should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\ 2374 1.3 mrg these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\ 2375 1.3 mrg \n\ 2376 1.3 mrg The default is @code{false}.", 2377 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2378 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 2379 1.1 mrg 2380 1.1 mrg /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */ 2381 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2382 1.1 mrg (init_builtins, 2383 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ 2384 1.3 mrg that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\ 2385 1.3 mrg necessary setup.\n\ 2386 1.3 mrg \n\ 2387 1.3 mrg Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\ 2388 1.3 mrg instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\ 2389 1.3 mrg they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\ 2390 1.3 mrg instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\ 2391 1.3 mrg \n\ 2392 1.3 mrg To create a built-in function, call the function\n\ 2393 1.3 mrg @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\ 2394 1.3 mrg which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\ 2395 1.3 mrg up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\ 2396 1.3 mrg only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\ 2397 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.", 2398 1.1 mrg void, (void), 2399 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 2400 1.1 mrg 2401 1.1 mrg /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific 2402 1.1 mrg built-in function decl for CODE. 2403 1.1 mrg Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE 2404 1.1 mrg is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */ 2405 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2406 1.1 mrg (builtin_decl, 2407 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\ 2408 1.3 mrg that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\ 2409 1.3 mrg builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\ 2410 1.3 mrg If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\ 2411 1.3 mrg if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\ 2412 1.3 mrg If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\ 2413 1.3 mrg @code{error_mark_node}.", 2414 1.1 mrg tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL) 2415 1.1 mrg 2416 1.1 mrg /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */ 2417 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2418 1.1 mrg (expand_builtin, 2419 1.3 mrg "\n\ 2420 1.3 mrg Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ 2421 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\ 2422 1.3 mrg function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\ 2423 1.3 mrg convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\ 2424 1.3 mrg @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\ 2425 1.3 mrg @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\ 2426 1.3 mrg ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\ 2427 1.3 mrg built-in function.", 2428 1.1 mrg rtx, 2429 1.3 mrg (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore), 2430 1.1 mrg default_expand_builtin) 2431 1.1 mrg 2432 1.1 mrg /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done 2433 1.1 mrg *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to 2434 1.1 mrg implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a 2435 1.1 mrg complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really 2436 1.1 mrg has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */ 2437 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2438 1.1 mrg (resolve_overloaded_builtin, 2439 1.3 mrg "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\ 2440 1.3 mrg was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\ 2441 1.3 mrg @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\ 2442 1.3 mrg implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\ 2443 1.3 mrg declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\ 2444 1.3 mrg arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\ 2445 1.3 mrg complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\ 2446 1.3 mrg another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\ 2447 1.3 mrg @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}", 2448 1.1 mrg tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL) 2449 1.1 mrg 2450 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 2451 1.9 mrg (check_builtin_call, 2452 1.9 mrg "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\ 2453 1.9 mrg function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\ 2454 1.9 mrg signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\ 2455 1.9 mrg and return false.\n\ 2456 1.9 mrg \n\ 2457 1.9 mrg This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\ 2458 1.9 mrg The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\ 2459 1.9 mrg but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\ 2460 1.9 mrg step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\ 2461 1.9 mrg location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\ 2462 1.9 mrg of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\ 2463 1.9 mrg of each argument.", 2464 1.9 mrg bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl, 2465 1.9 mrg tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args), 2466 1.9 mrg NULL) 2467 1.9 mrg 2468 1.3 mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE 2469 1.3 mrg and GENERIC. */ 2470 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2471 1.1 mrg (fold_builtin, 2472 1.3 mrg "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\ 2473 1.3 mrg @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\ 2474 1.3 mrg built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\ 2475 1.3 mrg the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\ 2476 1.3 mrg The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\ 2477 1.3 mrg containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\ 2478 1.3 mrg @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.", 2479 1.1 mrg tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore), 2480 1.1 mrg hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null) 2481 1.1 mrg 2482 1.3 mrg /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */ 2483 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2484 1.3 mrg (gimple_fold_builtin, 2485 1.3 mrg "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\ 2486 1.3 mrg by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\ 2487 1.3 mrg statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\ 2488 1.3 mrg was made to the GIMPLE stream.", 2489 1.3 mrg bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi), 2490 1.3 mrg hook_bool_gsiptr_false) 2491 1.3 mrg 2492 1.1 mrg /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to 2493 1.1 mrg determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used 2494 1.1 mrg during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two 2495 1.1 mrg versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority 2496 1.1 mrg is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are 2497 1.1 mrg the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value 2498 1.1 mrg if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority 2499 1.1 mrg and 0 if they are the same. */ 2500 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2501 1.1 mrg (compare_version_priority, 2502 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\ 2503 1.3 mrg determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\ 2504 1.3 mrg during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\ 2505 1.3 mrg versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\ 2506 1.3 mrg is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\ 2507 1.3 mrg the two function decls that will be compared.", 2508 1.1 mrg int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL) 2509 1.1 mrg 2510 1.1 mrg /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right 2511 1.1 mrg function version at run-time for a given set of function versions. 2512 1.1 mrg ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body 2513 1.1 mrg must be generated. */ 2514 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2515 1.1 mrg (generate_version_dispatcher_body, 2516 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\ 2517 1.3 mrg function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\ 2518 1.3 mrg @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\ 2519 1.3 mrg body must be generated.", 2520 1.1 mrg tree, (void *arg), NULL) 2521 1.1 mrg 2522 1.1 mrg /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function 2523 1.1 mrg versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function 2524 1.1 mrg version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically 2525 1.1 mrg identical versions. */ 2526 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2527 1.1 mrg (get_function_versions_dispatcher, 2528 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\ 2529 1.3 mrg versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\ 2530 1.3 mrg version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\ 2531 1.3 mrg identical versions.", 2532 1.1 mrg tree, (void *decl), NULL) 2533 1.1 mrg 2534 1.1 mrg /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements 2535 1.4 mrg reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */ 2536 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2537 1.1 mrg (builtin_reciprocal, 2538 1.4 mrg "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\ 2539 1.4 mrg reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\ 2540 1.4 mrg @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.", 2541 1.4 mrg tree, (tree fndecl), 2542 1.1 mrg default_builtin_reciprocal) 2543 1.1 mrg 2544 1.1 mrg /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated 2545 1.1 mrg string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return 2546 1.1 mrg NULL. */ 2547 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2548 1.1 mrg (mangle_type, 2549 1.3 mrg "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\ 2550 1.3 mrg uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\ 2551 1.3 mrg to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\ 2552 1.3 mrg mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\ 2553 1.3 mrg the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\ 2554 1.3 mrg not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\ 2555 1.3 mrg for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\ 2556 1.3 mrg return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\ 2557 1.3 mrg string constant.\n\ 2558 1.3 mrg \n\ 2559 1.3 mrg Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\ 2560 1.3 mrg qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\ 2561 1.3 mrg fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\ 2562 1.3 mrg is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\ 2563 1.3 mrg length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\ 2564 1.3 mrg ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\ 2565 1.3 mrg @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\ 2566 1.3 mrg @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\ 2567 1.3 mrg code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\ 2568 1.11 mrg @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\ 2569 1.3 mrg codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\ 2570 1.3 mrg spaces in your string.\n\ 2571 1.3 mrg \n\ 2572 1.3 mrg This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\ 2573 1.3 mrg name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\ 2574 1.3 mrg can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\ 2575 1.3 mrg before mangling.\n\ 2576 1.3 mrg \n\ 2577 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\ 2578 1.3 mrg appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\ 2579 1.3 mrg types.", 2580 1.1 mrg const char *, (const_tree type), 2581 1.1 mrg hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null) 2582 1.1 mrg 2583 1.1 mrg /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */ 2584 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2585 1.1 mrg (init_libfuncs, 2586 1.3 mrg "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\ 2587 1.3 mrg existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\ 2588 1.11 mrg @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\ 2589 1.3 mrg @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\ 2590 1.3 mrg library routines.\n\ 2591 1.3 mrg \n\ 2592 1.3 mrg The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.", 2593 1.1 mrg void, (void), 2594 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 2595 1.1 mrg 2596 1.1 mrg /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */ 2597 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 2598 1.1 mrg (libfunc_gnu_prefix, 2599 1.1 mrg "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\ 2600 1.1 mrg underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\ 2601 1.1 mrg instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\ 2602 1.1 mrg currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\ 2603 1.1 mrg is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\ 2604 1.1 mrg @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.", 2605 1.1 mrg bool, false) 2606 1.1 mrg 2607 1.1 mrg /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer 2608 1.1 mrg has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */ 2609 1.1 mrg /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */ 2610 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2611 1.1 mrg (section_type_flags, 2612 1.3 mrg "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\ 2613 1.3 mrg based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\ 2614 1.3 mrg declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\ 2615 1.3 mrg null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\ 2616 1.3 mrg \n\ 2617 1.3 mrg The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\ 2618 1.3 mrg read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\ 2619 1.3 mrg need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\ 2620 1.3 mrg set via @code{__attribute__}.", 2621 1.1 mrg unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc), 2622 1.1 mrg default_section_type_flags) 2623 1.1 mrg 2624 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2625 1.3 mrg (libc_has_function, 2626 1.3 mrg "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\ 2627 1.11 mrg @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\ 2628 1.11 mrg the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\ 2629 1.11 mrg types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\ 2630 1.11 mrg specific type.", 2631 1.11 mrg bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type), 2632 1.3 mrg default_libc_has_function) 2633 1.3 mrg 2634 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 2635 1.9 mrg (libc_has_fast_function, 2636 1.9 mrg "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\ 2637 1.9 mrg @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.", 2638 1.9 mrg bool, (int fcode), 2639 1.9 mrg default_libc_has_fast_function) 2640 1.9 mrg 2641 1.1 mrg /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or 2642 1.1 mrg not, at the current point in the compilation. */ 2643 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2644 1.1 mrg (cannot_modify_jumps_p, 2645 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\ 2646 1.3 mrg instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\ 2647 1.3 mrg every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\ 2648 1.3 mrg reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\ 2649 1.3 mrg \n\ 2650 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 2651 1.3 mrg static bool\n\ 2652 1.3 mrg cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\ 2653 1.3 mrg @{\n\ 2654 1.3 mrg return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\ 2655 1.3 mrg @}\n\ 2656 1.3 mrg @end smallexample", 2657 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2658 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 2659 1.1 mrg 2660 1.1 mrg /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */ 2661 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2662 1.1 mrg (can_follow_jump, 2663 1.11 mrg "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\ 2664 1.11 mrg return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\ 2665 1.11 mrg false, if it can't.\n\ 2666 1.11 mrg For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\ 2667 1.11 mrg follow through a hot/cold partitioning.", 2668 1.3 mrg bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee), 2669 1.3 mrg hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true) 2670 1.1 mrg 2671 1.1 mrg /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */ 2672 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2673 1.1 mrg (have_conditional_execution, 2674 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\ 2675 1.3 mrg This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\ 2676 1.3 mrg modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.", 2677 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 2678 1.1 mrg default_have_conditional_execution) 2679 1.1 mrg 2680 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2681 1.3 mrg (gen_ccmp_first, 2682 1.3 mrg "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\ 2683 1.4 mrg sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\ 2684 1.4 mrg with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2685 1.4 mrg The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\ 2686 1.4 mrg insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\ 2687 1.9 mrg compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\ 2688 1.4 mrg @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.", 2689 1.6 mrg rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1), 2690 1.3 mrg NULL) 2691 1.3 mrg 2692 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2693 1.3 mrg (gen_ccmp_next, 2694 1.4 mrg "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\ 2695 1.4 mrg of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\ 2696 1.4 mrg @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2697 1.4 mrg The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\ 2698 1.4 mrg insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\ 2699 1.4 mrg compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\ 2700 1.4 mrg @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\ 2701 1.4 mrg or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\ 2702 1.4 mrg @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\ 2703 1.4 mrg be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\ 2704 1.4 mrg @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\ 2705 1.4 mrg @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.", 2706 1.6 mrg rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code), 2707 1.3 mrg NULL) 2708 1.3 mrg 2709 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 2710 1.11 mrg (gen_memset_scratch_rtx, 2711 1.11 mrg "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\ 2712 1.11 mrg be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\ 2713 1.11 mrg register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\ 2714 1.11 mrg is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.", 2715 1.11 mrg rtx, (machine_mode mode), 2716 1.11 mrg gen_reg_rtx) 2717 1.11 mrg 2718 1.1 mrg /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */ 2719 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2720 1.1 mrg (loop_unroll_adjust, 2721 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\ 2722 1.3 mrg should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\ 2723 1.3 mrg the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\ 2724 1.3 mrg the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\ 2725 1.3 mrg is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\ 2726 1.3 mrg number of memory accesses.", 2727 1.9 mrg unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop), 2728 1.1 mrg NULL) 2729 1.1 mrg 2730 1.1 mrg /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */ 2731 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2732 1.1 mrg (legitimate_constant_p, 2733 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\ 2734 1.3 mrg @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\ 2735 1.3 mrg @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\ 2736 1.3 mrg \n\ 2737 1.3 mrg The default definition returns true.", 2738 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x), 2739 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_rtx_true) 2740 1.1 mrg 2741 1.11 mrg /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */ 2742 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 2743 1.11 mrg (precompute_tls_p, 2744 1.11 mrg "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\ 2745 1.11 mrg machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\ 2746 1.11 mrg You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\ 2747 1.11 mrg check this.\n\ 2748 1.11 mrg \n\ 2749 1.11 mrg The default definition returns false.", 2750 1.11 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x), 2751 1.11 mrg hook_bool_mode_rtx_false) 2752 1.11 mrg 2753 1.1 mrg /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */ 2754 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2755 1.1 mrg (cannot_force_const_mem, 2756 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\ 2757 1.3 mrg should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ 2758 1.3 mrg of @var{x}.\n\ 2759 1.3 mrg \n\ 2760 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns false.\n\ 2761 1.3 mrg \n\ 2762 1.3 mrg The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\ 2763 1.3 mrg deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\ 2764 1.3 mrg from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\ 2765 1.3 mrg holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\ 2766 1.3 mrg of TLS symbols for various targets.", 2767 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x), 2768 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_rtx_false) 2769 1.1 mrg 2770 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 2771 1.1 mrg (cannot_copy_insn_p, 2772 1.1 mrg "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.", 2773 1.3 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL) 2774 1.1 mrg 2775 1.1 mrg /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */ 2776 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2777 1.1 mrg (commutative_p, 2778 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\ 2779 1.3 mrg Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\ 2780 1.3 mrg PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\ 2781 1.3 mrg of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.", 2782 1.1 mrg bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code), 2783 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p) 2784 1.1 mrg 2785 1.1 mrg /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends 2786 1.1 mrg on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */ 2787 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2788 1.1 mrg (mode_dependent_address_p, 2789 1.3 mrg "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\ 2790 1.3 mrg space @var{addrspace} can have\n\ 2791 1.3 mrg different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\ 2792 1.3 mrg reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\ 2793 1.3 mrg but not others.\n\ 2794 1.3 mrg \n\ 2795 1.3 mrg Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\ 2796 1.3 mrg effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\ 2797 1.3 mrg of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\ 2798 1.3 mrg addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\ 2799 1.3 mrg \n\ 2800 1.3 mrg You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\ 2801 1.3 mrg \n\ 2802 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.", 2803 1.1 mrg bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace), 2804 1.1 mrg default_mode_dependent_address_p) 2805 1.1 mrg 2806 1.1 mrg /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific 2807 1.1 mrg ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */ 2808 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2809 1.1 mrg (legitimize_address, 2810 1.3 mrg "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\ 2811 1.3 mrg operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\ 2812 1.3 mrg address.\n\ 2813 1.3 mrg \n\ 2814 1.3 mrg @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\ 2815 1.3 mrg @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\ 2816 1.3 mrg and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\ 2817 1.3 mrg @var{x}.\n\ 2818 1.3 mrg \n\ 2819 1.3 mrg The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\ 2820 1.3 mrg @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\ 2821 1.3 mrg should return the new @var{x}.\n\ 2822 1.3 mrg \n\ 2823 1.3 mrg It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\ 2824 1.3 mrg with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\ 2825 1.3 mrg The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\ 2826 1.3 mrg the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\ 2827 1.3 mrg is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\ 2828 1.3 mrg a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\ 2829 1.3 mrg strategy can generate better code.", 2830 1.3 mrg rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode), 2831 1.1 mrg default_legitimize_address) 2832 1.1 mrg 2833 1.1 mrg /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */ 2834 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2835 1.1 mrg (delegitimize_address, 2836 1.3 mrg "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\ 2837 1.3 mrg @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\ 2838 1.3 mrg macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\ 2839 1.3 mrg references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\ 2840 1.3 mrg addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\ 2841 1.3 mrg the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\ 2842 1.3 mrg into their original form.", 2843 1.1 mrg rtx, (rtx x), 2844 1.1 mrg delegitimize_mem_from_attrs) 2845 1.1 mrg 2846 1.1 mrg /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info 2847 1.1 mrg section. */ 2848 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2849 1.1 mrg (const_not_ok_for_debug_p, 2850 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\ 2851 1.3 mrg debug sections.", 2852 1.1 mrg bool, (rtx x), 2853 1.7 mrg default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p) 2854 1.1 mrg 2855 1.1 mrg /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */ 2856 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2857 1.1 mrg (legitimate_address_p, 2858 1.3 mrg "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\ 2859 1.3 mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 2860 1.3 mrg \n\ 2861 1.3 mrg Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\ 2862 1.3 mrg non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\ 2863 1.3 mrg desired by the caller.\n\ 2864 1.3 mrg \n\ 2865 1.3 mrg The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\ 2866 1.3 mrg that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\ 2867 1.3 mrg considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\ 2868 1.3 mrg kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\ 2869 1.3 mrg must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\ 2870 1.3 mrg up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\ 2871 1.3 mrg register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\ 2872 1.3 mrg if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\ 2873 1.3 mrg \n\ 2874 1.3 mrg The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\ 2875 1.3 mrg accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\ 2876 1.3 mrg register is required.\n\ 2877 1.3 mrg \n\ 2878 1.3 mrg Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\ 2879 1.3 mrg and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\ 2880 1.3 mrg constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\ 2881 1.3 mrg specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\ 2882 1.3 mrg recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\ 2883 1.3 mrg \n\ 2884 1.3 mrg Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\ 2885 1.3 mrg sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\ 2886 1.3 mrg @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\ 2887 1.3 mrg naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\ 2888 1.3 mrg be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\ 2889 1.3 mrg \n\ 2890 1.3 mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\ 2891 1.3 mrg On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\ 2892 1.3 mrg the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\ 2893 1.3 mrg target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\ 2894 1.3 mrg into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\ 2895 1.3 mrg @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\ 2896 1.3 mrg @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\ 2897 1.3 mrg Format}.\n\ 2898 1.3 mrg \n\ 2899 1.3 mrg @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\ 2900 1.3 mrg Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\ 2901 1.3 mrg this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\ 2902 1.3 mrg has this syntax:\n\ 2903 1.3 mrg \n\ 2904 1.3 mrg @example\n\ 2905 1.3 mrg #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\ 2906 1.3 mrg @end example\n\ 2907 1.3 mrg \n\ 2908 1.3 mrg @noindent\n\ 2909 1.3 mrg and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\ 2910 1.3 mrg address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 2911 1.3 mrg \n\ 2912 1.3 mrg @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\ 2913 1.3 mrg Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\ 2914 1.3 mrg macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\ 2915 1.3 mrg @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\ 2916 1.3 mrg that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\ 2917 1.3 mrg \n\ 2918 1.3 mrg Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\ 2919 1.3 mrg files that are recompiled when changes are made.", 2920 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict), 2921 1.1 mrg default_legitimate_address_p) 2922 1.1 mrg 2923 1.1 mrg /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */ 2924 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2925 1.1 mrg (use_blocks_for_constant_p, 2926 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\ 2927 1.3 mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\ 2928 1.3 mrg of @var{x}.\n\ 2929 1.3 mrg \n\ 2930 1.3 mrg The default version returns false for all constants.", 2931 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x), 2932 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false) 2933 1.1 mrg 2934 1.1 mrg /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */ 2935 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2936 1.1 mrg (use_blocks_for_decl_p, 2937 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\ 2938 1.3 mrg be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\ 2939 1.3 mrg \n\ 2940 1.3 mrg The default version returns true for all decls.", 2941 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree decl), 2942 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_true) 2943 1.1 mrg 2944 1.1 mrg /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */ 2945 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 2946 1.1 mrg (min_anchor_offset, 2947 1.3 mrg "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\ 2948 1.3 mrg On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\ 2949 1.3 mrg applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\ 2950 1.3 mrg for every mode. The default value is 0.", 2951 1.1 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 2952 1.1 mrg 2953 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 2954 1.1 mrg (max_anchor_offset, 2955 1.3 mrg "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\ 2956 1.3 mrg offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\ 2957 1.3 mrg value is 0.", 2958 1.1 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 2959 1.1 mrg 2960 1.1 mrg /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */ 2961 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2962 1.1 mrg (use_anchors_for_symbol_p, 2963 1.3 mrg "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\ 2964 1.3 mrg @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\ 2965 1.3 mrg @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\ 2966 1.3 mrg \n\ 2967 1.3 mrg The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\ 2968 1.3 mrg intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\ 2969 1.3 mrg or target-specific sections.", 2970 1.1 mrg bool, (const_rtx x), 2971 1.1 mrg default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p) 2972 1.1 mrg 2973 1.3 mrg /* True if target supports indirect functions. */ 2974 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 2975 1.3 mrg (has_ifunc_p, 2976 1.3 mrg "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\ 2977 1.3 mrg The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\ 2978 1.3 mrg The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.", 2979 1.3 mrg bool, (void), 2980 1.3 mrg default_has_ifunc_p) 2981 1.3 mrg 2982 1.11 mrg /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally. */ 2983 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 2984 1.11 mrg (ifunc_ref_local_ok, 2985 1.11 mrg "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\ 2986 1.11 mrg locally. The default is to return false.", 2987 1.11 mrg bool, (void), 2988 1.11 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 2989 1.11 mrg 2990 1.1 mrg /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified 2991 1.1 mrg call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if 2992 1.1 mrg this is an indirect call. */ 2993 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 2994 1.1 mrg (function_ok_for_sibcall, 2995 1.3 mrg "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\ 2996 1.3 mrg call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\ 2997 1.3 mrg or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\ 2998 1.3 mrg \n\ 2999 1.3 mrg It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\ 3000 1.3 mrg tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\ 3001 1.3 mrg during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\ 3002 1.8 mrg as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\ 3003 1.3 mrg ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\ 3004 1.3 mrg may vary greatly between different architectures.", 3005 1.1 mrg bool, (tree decl, tree exp), 3006 1.1 mrg hook_bool_tree_tree_false) 3007 1.1 mrg 3008 1.1 mrg /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function 3009 1.1 mrg FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top 3010 1.1 mrg level, outside of any function scope. */ 3011 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3012 1.1 mrg (set_current_function, 3013 1.3 mrg "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\ 3014 1.3 mrg context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\ 3015 1.3 mrg the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\ 3016 1.3 mrg per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\ 3017 1.3 mrg attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\ 3018 1.3 mrg The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\ 3019 1.3 mrg and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\ 3020 1.3 mrg and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\ 3021 1.3 mrg The default hook function does nothing.\n\ 3022 1.3 mrg \n\ 3023 1.3 mrg GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\ 3024 1.3 mrg some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\ 3025 1.3 mrg situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\ 3026 1.3 mrg or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\ 3027 1.3 mrg @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\ 3028 1.3 mrg outside of any function scope.", 3029 1.1 mrg void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree) 3030 1.1 mrg 3031 1.1 mrg /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */ 3032 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3033 1.1 mrg (in_small_data_p, 3034 1.3 mrg "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\ 3035 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.", 3036 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree exp), 3037 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 3038 1.1 mrg 3039 1.1 mrg /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve 3040 1.1 mrg to the current executable or shared library. */ 3041 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3042 1.1 mrg (binds_local_p, 3043 1.3 mrg "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\ 3044 1.3 mrg rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\ 3045 1.3 mrg or executable image).\n\ 3046 1.3 mrg \n\ 3047 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\ 3048 1.3 mrg for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\ 3049 1.3 mrg currently supported object file formats.", 3050 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree exp), 3051 1.1 mrg default_binds_local_p) 3052 1.1 mrg 3053 1.1 mrg /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */ 3054 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3055 1.1 mrg (profile_before_prologue, 3056 1.1 mrg "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\ 3057 1.1 mrg The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\ 3058 1.1 mrg @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.", 3059 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 3060 1.1 mrg default_profile_before_prologue) 3061 1.1 mrg 3062 1.3 mrg /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling 3063 1.3 mrg enabled. */ 3064 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 3065 1.3 mrg (keep_leaf_when_profiled, 3066 1.11 mrg "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\ 3067 1.11 mrg the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\ 3068 1.11 mrg make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\ 3069 1.11 mrg stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\ 3070 1.11 mrg mcount is generated before the function prologue.", 3071 1.3 mrg bool, (void), 3072 1.3 mrg default_keep_leaf_when_profiled) 3073 1.3 mrg 3074 1.1 mrg /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name, 3075 1.1 mrg originally identified by ID, as required by the target, 3076 1.1 mrg (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names). 3077 1.1 mrg The default is to return ID without modification. */ 3078 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3079 1.1 mrg (mangle_decl_assembler_name, 3080 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\ 3081 1.3 mrg by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\ 3082 1.3 mrg the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\ 3083 1.3 mrg or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\ 3084 1.3 mrg hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\ 3085 1.3 mrg your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\ 3086 1.3 mrg returns the @var{id} provided.", 3087 1.1 mrg tree, (tree decl, tree id), 3088 1.1 mrg default_mangle_decl_assembler_name) 3089 1.1 mrg 3090 1.1 mrg /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into 3091 1.1 mrg the associated SYMBOL_REF. */ 3092 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3093 1.1 mrg (encode_section_info, 3094 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\ 3095 1.3 mrg treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\ 3096 1.3 mrg function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\ 3097 1.3 mrg \n\ 3098 1.3 mrg The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\ 3099 1.3 mrg @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\ 3100 1.3 mrg an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\ 3101 1.3 mrg rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\ 3102 1.3 mrg in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\ 3103 1.3 mrg \n\ 3104 1.3 mrg In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\ 3105 1.3 mrg a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\ 3106 1.3 mrg will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\ 3107 1.3 mrg register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\ 3108 1.3 mrg rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\ 3109 1.3 mrg leave it alone.)\n\ 3110 1.3 mrg \n\ 3111 1.3 mrg The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\ 3112 1.3 mrg that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\ 3113 1.3 mrg be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\ 3114 1.3 mrg declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\ 3115 1.3 mrg declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\ 3116 1.3 mrg @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\ 3117 1.3 mrg \n\ 3118 1.3 mrg @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ 3119 1.3 mrg The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\ 3120 1.3 mrg @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ 3121 1.3 mrg Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\ 3122 1.3 mrg encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\ 3123 1.3 mrg discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\ 3124 1.3 mrg \n\ 3125 1.3 mrg The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\ 3126 1.11 mrg in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\ 3127 1.3 mrg @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\ 3128 1.3 mrg before overriding it.", 3129 1.1 mrg void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p), 3130 1.1 mrg default_encode_section_info) 3131 1.1 mrg 3132 1.1 mrg /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */ 3133 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3134 1.1 mrg (strip_name_encoding, 3135 1.3 mrg "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\ 3136 1.3 mrg the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\ 3137 1.3 mrg may have added.", 3138 1.1 mrg const char *, (const char *name), 3139 1.1 mrg default_strip_name_encoding) 3140 1.1 mrg 3141 1.1 mrg /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count, 3142 1.1 mrg return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */ 3143 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3144 1.1 mrg (shift_truncation_mask, 3145 1.3 mrg "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\ 3146 1.3 mrg deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\ 3147 1.3 mrg @xref{shift patterns}.\n\ 3148 1.3 mrg \n\ 3149 1.3 mrg On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\ 3150 1.3 mrg shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\ 3151 1.3 mrg equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\ 3152 1.3 mrg this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\ 3153 1.3 mrg otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\ 3154 1.3 mrg particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\ 3155 1.3 mrg \n\ 3156 1.3 mrg Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\ 3157 1.3 mrg @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\ 3158 1.3 mrg that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\ 3159 1.3 mrg \n\ 3160 1.3 mrg The default implementation of this function returns\n\ 3161 1.3 mrg @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\ 3162 1.3 mrg and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\ 3163 1.3 mrg @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\ 3164 1.3 mrg nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\ 3165 1.3 mrg by overriding it.", 3166 1.3 mrg unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode), 3167 1.1 mrg default_shift_truncation_mask) 3168 1.1 mrg 3169 1.1 mrg /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present, 3170 1.1 mrg so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by 3171 1.1 mrg the reciprocal. */ 3172 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3173 1.1 mrg (min_divisions_for_recip_mul, 3174 1.3 mrg "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\ 3175 1.3 mrg divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\ 3176 1.3 mrg the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\ 3177 1.3 mrg that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\ 3178 1.3 mrg of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\ 3179 1.3 mrg has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.", 3180 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (machine_mode mode), 3181 1.1 mrg default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul) 3182 1.1 mrg 3183 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3184 1.7 mrg (truly_noop_truncation, 3185 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\ 3186 1.7 mrg @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\ 3187 1.7 mrg smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\ 3188 1.7 mrg @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\ 3189 1.11 mrg is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\ 3190 1.11 mrg returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\ 3191 1.11 mrg optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\ 3192 1.7 mrg \n\ 3193 1.7 mrg If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\ 3194 1.7 mrg suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\ 3195 1.7 mrg mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.", 3196 1.7 mrg bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec), 3197 1.7 mrg hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true) 3198 1.7 mrg 3199 1.1 mrg /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are 3200 1.1 mrg always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return 3201 1.1 mrg SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */ 3202 1.1 mrg /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not 3203 1.1 mrg necessarily defined at this point. */ 3204 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3205 1.1 mrg (mode_rep_extended, 3206 1.3 mrg "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\ 3207 1.3 mrg are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\ 3208 1.3 mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\ 3209 1.3 mrg sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\ 3210 1.3 mrg otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\ 3211 1.3 mrg representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\ 3212 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\ 3213 1.3 mrg @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\ 3214 1.3 mrg @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\ 3215 1.3 mrg widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\ 3216 1.3 mrg \n\ 3217 1.3 mrg Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\ 3218 1.3 mrg value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\ 3219 1.3 mrg as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\ 3220 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\ 3221 1.3 mrg \n\ 3222 1.3 mrg Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\ 3223 1.3 mrg describe two related properties. If you define\n\ 3224 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\ 3225 1.3 mrg to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\ 3226 1.3 mrg extension.\n\ 3227 1.3 mrg \n\ 3228 1.3 mrg In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\ 3229 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\ 3230 1.3 mrg @code{mode}.", 3231 1.7 mrg int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode), 3232 1.1 mrg default_mode_rep_extended) 3233 1.1 mrg 3234 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 3235 1.8 mrg (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p, 3236 1.8 mrg "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\ 3237 1.8 mrg that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\ 3238 1.8 mrg @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\ 3239 1.8 mrg \n\ 3240 1.8 mrg This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\ 3241 1.8 mrg non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\ 3242 1.8 mrg live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\ 3243 1.8 mrg target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\ 3244 1.8 mrg The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\ 3245 1.8 mrg spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.", 3246 1.8 mrg bool, (void), 3247 1.8 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 3248 1.8 mrg 3249 1.1 mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */ 3250 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3251 1.1 mrg (valid_pointer_mode, 3252 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ 3253 1.3 mrg with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\ 3254 1.3 mrg hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.", 3255 1.7 mrg bool, (scalar_int_mode mode), 3256 1.1 mrg default_valid_pointer_mode) 3257 1.1 mrg 3258 1.1 mrg /* Disambiguate with errno. */ 3259 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3260 1.1 mrg (ref_may_alias_errno, 3261 1.11 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\ 3262 1.11 mrg may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\ 3263 1.11 mrg version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\ 3264 1.11 mrg is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\ 3265 1.11 mrg a pointer to int.", 3266 1.9 mrg bool, (ao_ref *ref), 3267 1.1 mrg default_ref_may_alias_errno) 3268 1.1 mrg 3269 1.1 mrg /* Support for named address spaces. */ 3270 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 3271 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_" 3272 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space) 3273 1.1 mrg 3274 1.1 mrg /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */ 3275 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3276 1.1 mrg (pointer_mode, 3277 1.3 mrg "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\ 3278 1.3 mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ 3279 1.4 mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.", 3280 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), 3281 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_pointer_mode) 3282 1.1 mrg 3283 1.1 mrg /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */ 3284 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3285 1.1 mrg (address_mode, 3286 1.3 mrg "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\ 3287 1.3 mrg @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\ 3288 1.4 mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.", 3289 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space), 3290 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_address_mode) 3291 1.1 mrg 3292 1.1 mrg /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))) 3293 1.1 mrg in another address space. */ 3294 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3295 1.1 mrg (valid_pointer_mode, 3296 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\ 3297 1.3 mrg with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\ 3298 1.3 mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\ 3299 1.3 mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\ 3300 1.3 mrg version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\ 3301 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\ 3302 1.3 mrg target hooks for the given address space.", 3303 1.7 mrg bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as), 3304 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode) 3305 1.1 mrg 3306 1.1 mrg /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address 3307 1.1 mrg space for a given mode. */ 3308 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3309 1.1 mrg (legitimate_address_p, 3310 1.3 mrg "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\ 3311 1.3 mrg @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\ 3312 1.3 mrg parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\ 3313 1.3 mrg finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\ 3314 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\ 3315 1.3 mrg explicit named address space support.", 3316 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as), 3317 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p) 3318 1.1 mrg 3319 1.1 mrg /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named 3320 1.1 mrg address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine 3321 1.1 mrg independent methods to make the address valid. */ 3322 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3323 1.1 mrg (legitimize_address, 3324 1.3 mrg "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\ 3325 1.3 mrg with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\ 3326 1.3 mrg hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\ 3327 1.3 mrg except that it includes explicit named address space support.", 3328 1.3 mrg rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as), 3329 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_legitimize_address) 3330 1.1 mrg 3331 1.1 mrg /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */ 3332 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3333 1.1 mrg (subset_p, 3334 1.3 mrg "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\ 3335 1.3 mrg contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\ 3336 1.3 mrg a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\ 3337 1.3 mrg will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\ 3338 1.3 mrg arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\ 3339 1.3 mrg converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.", 3340 1.1 mrg bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset), 3341 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_subset_p) 3342 1.1 mrg 3343 1.4 mrg /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if 3344 1.4 mrg 0 is a NULL in the address space. */ 3345 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 3346 1.4 mrg (zero_address_valid, 3347 1.4 mrg "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\ 3348 1.4 mrg address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.", 3349 1.4 mrg bool, (addr_space_t as), 3350 1.4 mrg default_addr_space_zero_address_valid) 3351 1.4 mrg 3352 1.1 mrg /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */ 3353 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3354 1.1 mrg (convert, 3355 1.3 mrg "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\ 3356 1.3 mrg @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\ 3357 1.3 mrg space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\ 3358 1.3 mrg to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\ 3359 1.3 mrg guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\ 3360 1.3 mrg as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.", 3361 1.1 mrg rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type), 3362 1.1 mrg default_addr_space_convert) 3363 1.1 mrg 3364 1.4 mrg /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */ 3365 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 3366 1.4 mrg (debug, 3367 1.4 mrg "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\ 3368 1.4 mrg The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.", 3369 1.4 mrg int, (addr_space_t as), 3370 1.4 mrg default_addr_space_debug) 3371 1.4 mrg 3372 1.6 mrg /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */ 3373 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 3374 1.6 mrg (diagnose_usage, 3375 1.6 mrg "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\ 3376 1.6 mrg command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\ 3377 1.6 mrg address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\ 3378 1.6 mrg to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\ 3379 1.6 mrg was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\ 3380 1.6 mrg the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\ 3381 1.6 mrg @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\ 3382 1.6 mrg The default implementation does nothing.", 3383 1.6 mrg void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc), 3384 1.6 mrg default_addr_space_diagnose_usage) 3385 1.6 mrg 3386 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space) 3387 1.1 mrg 3388 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 3389 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 3390 1.1 mrg 3391 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3392 1.11 mrg (lower_local_decl_alignment, 3393 1.11 mrg "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\ 3394 1.11 mrg decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.", 3395 1.11 mrg void, (tree decl), 3396 1.11 mrg hook_void_tree) 3397 1.11 mrg 3398 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 3399 1.7 mrg (static_rtx_alignment, 3400 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\ 3401 1.7 mrg statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\ 3402 1.7 mrg is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\ 3403 1.7 mrg @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.", 3404 1.7 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode), 3405 1.7 mrg default_static_rtx_alignment) 3406 1.7 mrg 3407 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3408 1.7 mrg (constant_alignment, 3409 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\ 3410 1.7 mrg placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\ 3411 1.7 mrg is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\ 3412 1.7 mrg \n\ 3413 1.7 mrg The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\ 3414 1.7 mrg \n\ 3415 1.7 mrg The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\ 3416 1.7 mrg constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\ 3417 1.7 mrg constants can be done inline. The function\n\ 3418 1.7 mrg @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.", 3419 1.7 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align), 3420 1.7 mrg default_constant_alignment) 3421 1.7 mrg 3422 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 3423 1.8 mrg (translate_mode_attribute, 3424 1.8 mrg "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\ 3425 1.8 mrg translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\ 3426 1.8 mrg @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\ 3427 1.8 mrg \n\ 3428 1.8 mrg The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.", 3429 1.8 mrg machine_mode, (machine_mode mode), 3430 1.8 mrg default_translate_mode_attribute) 3431 1.8 mrg 3432 1.1 mrg /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to 3433 1.1 mrg be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all 3434 1.1 mrg the arithmetic is supported. */ 3435 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3436 1.1 mrg (scalar_mode_supported_p, 3437 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ 3438 1.3 mrg insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\ 3439 1.3 mrg considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\ 3440 1.3 mrg must work.\n\ 3441 1.3 mrg \n\ 3442 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\ 3443 1.3 mrg required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\ 3444 1.3 mrg Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\ 3445 1.11 mrg code in @file{optabs.cc}.", 3446 1.7 mrg bool, (scalar_mode mode), 3447 1.1 mrg default_scalar_mode_supported_p) 3448 1.1 mrg 3449 1.1 mrg /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At 3450 1.1 mrg least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins 3451 1.1 mrg for further details. */ 3452 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3453 1.1 mrg (vector_mode_supported_p, 3454 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\ 3455 1.3 mrg insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\ 3456 1.3 mrg must have move patterns for this mode.", 3457 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode), 3458 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_false) 3459 1.1 mrg 3460 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3461 1.9 mrg (compatible_vector_types_p, 3462 1.9 mrg "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\ 3463 1.9 mrg vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\ 3464 1.9 mrg has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\ 3465 1.9 mrg types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\ 3466 1.9 mrg and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\ 3467 1.9 mrg \n\ 3468 1.9 mrg The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\ 3469 1.9 mrg that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\ 3470 1.9 mrg For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\ 3471 1.9 mrg to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\ 3472 1.9 mrg @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\ 3473 1.9 mrg before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\ 3474 1.9 mrg provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\ 3475 1.9 mrg and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\ 3476 1.9 mrg a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\ 3477 1.9 mrg architecture-specific ones.\n\ 3478 1.9 mrg \n\ 3479 1.9 mrg The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.", 3480 1.9 mrg bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2), 3481 1.9 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true) 3482 1.9 mrg 3483 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 3484 1.1 mrg (vector_alignment, 3485 1.1 mrg "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\ 3486 1.1 mrg @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\ 3487 1.1 mrg require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\ 3488 1.1 mrg this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\ 3489 1.1 mrg the vector element type.", 3490 1.1 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type), 3491 1.1 mrg default_vector_alignment) 3492 1.1 mrg 3493 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3494 1.7 mrg (array_mode, 3495 1.7 mrg "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\ 3496 1.7 mrg @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\ 3497 1.7 mrg Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\ 3498 1.7 mrg latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\ 3499 1.7 mrg if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\ 3500 1.7 mrg integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\ 3501 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\ 3502 1.7 mrg used in specific cases.\n\ 3503 1.7 mrg \n\ 3504 1.7 mrg The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\ 3505 1.7 mrg also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.", 3506 1.7 mrg opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems), 3507 1.7 mrg hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none) 3508 1.7 mrg 3509 1.1 mrg /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array, 3510 1.1 mrg overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */ 3511 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3512 1.1 mrg (array_mode_supported_p, 3513 1.1 mrg "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\ 3514 1.1 mrg of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\ 3515 1.1 mrg Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\ 3516 1.1 mrg and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\ 3517 1.1 mrg \n\ 3518 1.1 mrg One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\ 3519 1.1 mrg that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\ 3520 1.1 mrg has operations like:\n\ 3521 1.1 mrg \n\ 3522 1.1 mrg @smallexample\n\ 3523 1.1 mrg int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\ 3524 1.1 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 3525 1.1 mrg \n\ 3526 1.1 mrg where the return type is defined as:\n\ 3527 1.1 mrg \n\ 3528 1.1 mrg @smallexample\n\ 3529 1.1 mrg typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\ 3530 1.1 mrg @{\n\ 3531 1.1 mrg int8x8_t val[3];\n\ 3532 1.1 mrg @} int8x8x3_t;\n\ 3533 1.1 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 3534 1.1 mrg \n\ 3535 1.1 mrg If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\ 3536 1.1 mrg @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\ 3537 1.1 mrg @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.", 3538 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems), 3539 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false) 3540 1.1 mrg 3541 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 3542 1.3 mrg (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p, 3543 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\ 3544 1.3 mrg floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\ 3545 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\ 3546 1.3 mrg hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\ 3547 1.3 mrg @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.", 3548 1.7 mrg bool, (scalar_float_mode mode), 3549 1.3 mrg default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p) 3550 1.3 mrg 3551 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 3552 1.6 mrg (floatn_mode, 3553 1.6 mrg "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\ 3554 1.6 mrg @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\ 3555 1.7 mrg @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\ 3556 1.7 mrg supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\ 3557 1.7 mrg this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\ 3558 1.6 mrg @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\ 3559 1.6 mrg @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\ 3560 1.6 mrg those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\ 3561 1.6 mrg @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\ 3562 1.6 mrg returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\ 3563 1.6 mrg satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\ 3564 1.7 mrg @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\ 3565 1.7 mrg of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\ 3566 1.7 mrg ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\ 3567 1.7 mrg if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.", 3568 1.7 mrg opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended), 3569 1.6 mrg default_floatn_mode) 3570 1.6 mrg 3571 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3572 1.7 mrg (floatn_builtin_p, 3573 1.7 mrg "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\ 3574 1.7 mrg @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\ 3575 1.7 mrg built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\ 3576 1.7 mrg normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\ 3577 1.7 mrg to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\ 3578 1.7 mrg the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\ 3579 1.7 mrg the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\ 3580 1.7 mrg @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.", 3581 1.7 mrg bool, (int func), 3582 1.7 mrg default_floatn_builtin_p) 3583 1.7 mrg 3584 1.1 mrg /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of 3585 1.1 mrg TO, using MODE. */ 3586 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3587 1.1 mrg (register_move_cost, 3588 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ 3589 1.3 mrg from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\ 3590 1.3 mrg are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\ 3591 1.3 mrg A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\ 3592 1.3 mrg that.\n\ 3593 1.3 mrg \n\ 3594 1.3 mrg It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\ 3595 1.3 mrg same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\ 3596 1.3 mrg registers if they are not general registers.\n\ 3597 1.3 mrg \n\ 3598 1.3 mrg If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\ 3599 1.3 mrg hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\ 3600 1.3 mrg classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\ 3601 1.3 mrg constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\ 3602 1.3 mrg allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\ 3603 1.3 mrg if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\ 3604 1.3 mrg \n\ 3605 1.3 mrg The default version of this function returns 2.", 3606 1.3 mrg int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to), 3607 1.1 mrg default_register_move_cost) 3608 1.1 mrg 3609 1.1 mrg /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */ 3610 1.1 mrg /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL 3611 1.1 mrg license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */ 3612 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3613 1.1 mrg (memory_move_cost, 3614 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\ 3615 1.3 mrg between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\ 3616 1.3 mrg if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\ 3617 1.3 mrg This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\ 3618 1.3 mrg If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\ 3619 1.3 mrg registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\ 3620 1.3 mrg \n\ 3621 1.3 mrg If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\ 3622 1.3 mrg the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\ 3623 1.3 mrg needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\ 3624 1.3 mrg between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\ 3625 1.3 mrg more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\ 3626 1.3 mrg reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\ 3627 1.3 mrg \n\ 3628 1.3 mrg GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\ 3629 1.3 mrg secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\ 3630 1.3 mrg a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\ 3631 1.3 mrg secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\ 3632 1.3 mrg 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\ 3633 1.3 mrg value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\ 3634 1.3 mrg are the same as to this target hook.", 3635 1.3 mrg int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in), 3636 1.1 mrg default_memory_move_cost) 3637 1.1 mrg 3638 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 3639 1.3 mrg (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p, 3640 1.3 mrg "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\ 3641 1.3 mrg two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\ 3642 1.3 mrg when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\ 3643 1.3 mrg implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\ 3644 1.3 mrg insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\ 3645 1.9 mrg @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\ 3646 1.3 mrg unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\ 3647 1.3 mrg \n\ 3648 1.3 mrg This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\ 3649 1.3 mrg given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\ 3650 1.3 mrg infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\ 3651 1.3 mrg Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\ 3652 1.3 mrg units.\n\ 3653 1.3 mrg \n\ 3654 1.3 mrg The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\ 3655 1.6 mrg @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\ 3656 1.6 mrg @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\ 3657 1.6 mrg under consideration.\n\ 3658 1.3 mrg \n\ 3659 1.3 mrg The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\ 3660 1.3 mrg optimized for speed rather than size.\n\ 3661 1.3 mrg \n\ 3662 1.3 mrg Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\ 3663 1.3 mrg for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\ 3664 1.9 mrg @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\ 3665 1.3 mrg @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\ 3666 1.3 mrg insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\ 3667 1.3 mrg the body of the memory operation.\n\ 3668 1.3 mrg \n\ 3669 1.3 mrg Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\ 3670 1.3 mrg in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\ 3671 1.3 mrg move would be greater than that of a library call.", 3672 1.3 mrg bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment, 3673 1.3 mrg enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p), 3674 1.3 mrg default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p) 3675 1.3 mrg 3676 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 3677 1.11 mrg (overlap_op_by_pieces_p, 3678 1.11 mrg "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\ 3679 1.11 mrg infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\ 3680 1.11 mrg in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\ 3681 1.11 mrg region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.", 3682 1.11 mrg bool, (void), 3683 1.11 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 3684 1.11 mrg 3685 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 3686 1.6 mrg (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio, 3687 1.6 mrg "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\ 3688 1.6 mrg number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\ 3689 1.6 mrg allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\ 3690 1.6 mrg factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\ 3691 1.6 mrg one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\ 3692 1.6 mrg particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\ 3693 1.6 mrg negative number from this hook.", 3694 1.6 mrg int, (machine_mode mode), 3695 1.6 mrg default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio) 3696 1.6 mrg 3697 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 3698 1.7 mrg (slow_unaligned_access, 3699 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\ 3700 1.7 mrg @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\ 3701 1.7 mrg than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\ 3702 1.8 mrg This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\ 3703 1.7 mrg @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\ 3704 1.7 mrg \n\ 3705 1.7 mrg When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\ 3706 1.7 mrg @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\ 3707 1.7 mrg moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\ 3708 1.7 mrg Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\ 3709 1.7 mrg add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\ 3710 1.7 mrg \n\ 3711 1.7 mrg The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\ 3712 1.7 mrg The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.", 3713 1.7 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align), 3714 1.7 mrg default_slow_unaligned_access) 3715 1.7 mrg 3716 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3717 1.4 mrg (optab_supported_p, 3718 1.4 mrg "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\ 3719 1.4 mrg modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\ 3720 1.4 mrg The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\ 3721 1.4 mrg whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\ 3722 1.4 mrg optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\ 3723 1.4 mrg \n\ 3724 1.4 mrg For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\ 3725 1.4 mrg @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\ 3726 1.4 mrg optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\ 3727 1.4 mrg \n\ 3728 1.4 mrg The default hook returns true for all inputs.", 3729 1.4 mrg bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2, 3730 1.4 mrg optimization_type opt_type), 3731 1.4 mrg default_optab_supported_p) 3732 1.4 mrg 3733 1.1 mrg /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will 3734 1.1 mrg be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is 3735 1.1 mrg allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers 3736 1.1 mrg but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */ 3737 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3738 1.1 mrg (small_register_classes_for_mode_p, 3739 1.3 mrg "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\ 3740 1.3 mrg small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\ 3741 1.3 mrg @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\ 3742 1.3 mrg in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\ 3743 1.3 mrg In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\ 3744 1.3 mrg for any mode.\n\ 3745 1.3 mrg \n\ 3746 1.3 mrg On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\ 3747 1.3 mrg insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\ 3748 1.3 mrg to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\ 3749 1.3 mrg if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\ 3750 1.3 mrg insn.\n\ 3751 1.3 mrg \n\ 3752 1.3 mrg Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\ 3753 1.3 mrg in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\ 3754 1.3 mrg the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\ 3755 1.3 mrg classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\ 3756 1.3 mrg registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\ 3757 1.3 mrg registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\ 3758 1.3 mrg SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\ 3759 1.3 mrg strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\ 3760 1.3 mrg machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\ 3761 1.3 mrg \n\ 3762 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\ 3763 1.3 mrg safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\ 3764 1.3 mrg unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\ 3765 1.3 mrg that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\ 3766 1.3 mrg to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\ 3767 1.3 mrg of spill registers and print a fatal error message.", 3768 1.3 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode), 3769 1.1 mrg hook_bool_mode_false) 3770 1.1 mrg 3771 1.1 mrg /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the 3772 1.1 mrg target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */ 3773 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 3774 1.1 mrg (flags_regnum, 3775 1.9 mrg "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\ 3776 1.9 mrg post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\ 3777 1.9 mrg then this value should be set appropriately.", 3778 1.9 mrg unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM) 3779 1.1 mrg 3780 1.1 mrg /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete 3781 1.1 mrg cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be 3782 1.1 mrg scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */ 3783 1.4 mrg /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's 3784 1.1 mrg not necessarily defined at this point. */ 3785 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3786 1.1 mrg (rtx_costs, 3787 1.3 mrg "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\ 3788 1.3 mrg \n\ 3789 1.3 mrg The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\ 3790 1.3 mrg available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\ 3791 1.3 mrg as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\ 3792 1.3 mrg That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\ 3793 1.3 mrg that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\ 3794 1.3 mrg either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\ 3795 1.3 mrg (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\ 3796 1.3 mrg \n\ 3797 1.4 mrg @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\ 3798 1.4 mrg do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\ 3799 1.3 mrg \n\ 3800 1.3 mrg In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\ 3801 1.3 mrg @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\ 3802 1.3 mrg instructions.\n\ 3803 1.3 mrg \n\ 3804 1.3 mrg On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\ 3805 1.3 mrg for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\ 3806 1.3 mrg necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\ 3807 1.3 mrg for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\ 3808 1.3 mrg operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\ 3809 1.3 mrg \n\ 3810 1.3 mrg When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\ 3811 1.3 mrg false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\ 3812 1.3 mrg size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\ 3813 1.3 mrg \n\ 3814 1.3 mrg The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\ 3815 1.3 mrg processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.", 3816 1.4 mrg bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed), 3817 1.4 mrg hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false) 3818 1.1 mrg 3819 1.1 mrg /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with 3820 1.1 mrg invalid addresses. */ 3821 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3822 1.1 mrg (address_cost, 3823 1.3 mrg "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\ 3824 1.3 mrg @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\ 3825 1.3 mrg the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\ 3826 1.3 mrg \n\ 3827 1.3 mrg For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\ 3828 1.3 mrg true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\ 3829 1.3 mrg instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\ 3830 1.3 mrg all addresses will have equal costs.\n\ 3831 1.3 mrg \n\ 3832 1.3 mrg In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\ 3833 1.3 mrg the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\ 3834 1.3 mrg cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\ 3835 1.3 mrg \n\ 3836 1.3 mrg For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\ 3837 1.3 mrg and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\ 3838 1.3 mrg is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\ 3839 1.3 mrg references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\ 3840 1.3 mrg the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\ 3841 1.3 mrg that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\ 3842 1.3 mrg instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\ 3843 1.3 mrg specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\ 3844 1.3 mrg \n\ 3845 1.3 mrg This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\ 3846 1.3 mrg \n\ 3847 1.3 mrg On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\ 3848 1.3 mrg cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\ 3849 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\ 3850 1.3 mrg be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\ 3851 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\ 3852 1.3 mrg should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\ 3853 1.3 mrg should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\ 3854 1.3 mrg registers on machines with lots of registers.", 3855 1.3 mrg int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed), 3856 1.1 mrg default_address_cost) 3857 1.1 mrg 3858 1.7 mrg /* Compute a cost for INSN. */ 3859 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3860 1.7 mrg (insn_cost, 3861 1.7 mrg "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\ 3862 1.7 mrg \n\ 3863 1.7 mrg In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\ 3864 1.7 mrg @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\ 3865 1.7 mrg instructions.\n\ 3866 1.7 mrg \n\ 3867 1.7 mrg When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\ 3868 1.7 mrg false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\ 3869 1.7 mrg size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.", 3870 1.7 mrg int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL) 3871 1.7 mrg 3872 1.6 mrg /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with 3873 1.6 mrg well defined units. */ 3874 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 3875 1.6 mrg (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost, 3876 1.6 mrg "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\ 3877 1.6 mrg giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\ 3878 1.6 mrg if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\ 3879 1.6 mrg The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\ 3880 1.6 mrg that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\ 3881 1.6 mrg @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\ 3882 1.6 mrg unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\ 3883 1.6 mrg RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\ 3884 1.6 mrg is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\ 3885 1.6 mrg \n\ 3886 1.6 mrg @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\ 3887 1.6 mrg branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\ 3888 1.6 mrg were true.\n\ 3889 1.6 mrg \n\ 3890 1.6 mrg The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\ 3891 1.6 mrg @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\ 3892 1.6 mrg and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.", 3893 1.6 mrg unsigned int, (edge e), 3894 1.6 mrg default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost) 3895 1.6 mrg 3896 1.6 mrg /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate 3897 1.6 mrg as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */ 3898 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 3899 1.6 mrg (noce_conversion_profitable_p, 3900 1.6 mrg "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\ 3901 1.6 mrg candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\ 3902 1.6 mrg @code{if_info}.", 3903 1.6 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info), 3904 1.6 mrg default_noce_conversion_profitable_p) 3905 1.6 mrg 3906 1.11 mrg /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by 3907 1.11 mrg memref in insn. */ 3908 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 3909 1.11 mrg (new_address_profitable_p, 3910 1.11 mrg "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\ 3911 1.11 mrg @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\ 3912 1.11 mrg scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\ 3913 1.11 mrg memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.", 3914 1.11 mrg bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr), 3915 1.11 mrg default_new_address_profitable_p) 3916 1.11 mrg 3917 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 3918 1.7 mrg (estimated_poly_value, 3919 1.7 mrg "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\ 3920 1.11 mrg things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\ 3921 1.11 mrg to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\ 3922 1.11 mrg the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\ 3923 1.11 mrg @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\ 3924 1.7 mrg implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.", 3925 1.11 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind), 3926 1.7 mrg default_estimated_poly_value) 3927 1.7 mrg 3928 1.4 mrg /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch 3929 1.4 mrg scheduling. */ 3930 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 3931 1.4 mrg (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p, 3932 1.4 mrg "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\ 3933 1.4 mrg speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\ 3934 1.4 mrg such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\ 3935 1.4 mrg delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\ 3936 1.4 mrg disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\ 3937 1.4 mrg delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\ 3938 1.11 mrg as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", 3939 1.11 mrg bool, (void), 3940 1.4 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 3941 1.4 mrg 3942 1.1 mrg /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */ 3943 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3944 1.1 mrg (allocate_initial_value, 3945 1.3 mrg "\n\ 3946 1.3 mrg When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\ 3947 1.3 mrg register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\ 3948 1.3 mrg to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\ 3949 1.3 mrg it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\ 3950 1.3 mrg is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\ 3951 1.3 mrg that had its initial value copied by using\n\ 3952 1.3 mrg @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\ 3953 1.3 mrg Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\ 3954 1.3 mrg to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\ 3955 1.3 mrg the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\ 3956 1.3 mrg @code{MEM}.\n\ 3957 1.3 mrg If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\ 3958 1.3 mrg it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\ 3959 1.3 mrg You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\ 3960 1.3 mrg @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\ 3961 1.3 mrg register in question will not be clobbered.\n\ 3962 1.3 mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\ 3963 1.3 mrg allocation.", 3964 1.1 mrg rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL) 3965 1.1 mrg 3966 1.1 mrg /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap. 3967 1.11 mrg FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */ 3968 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 3969 1.1 mrg (unspec_may_trap_p, 3970 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\ 3971 1.3 mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\ 3972 1.3 mrg this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\ 3973 1.3 mrg @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\ 3974 1.3 mrg to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\ 3975 1.3 mrg passed along.", 3976 1.1 mrg int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags), 3977 1.1 mrg default_unspec_may_trap_p) 3978 1.1 mrg 3979 1.10 rin /* Return nonzero if evaluating SIGN_EXTRACT X or ZERO_EXTRACT X might 3980 1.10 rin cause a trap. FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: 3981 1.10 rin may_trap_p_1. */ 3982 1.10 rin DEFHOOK 3983 1.10 rin (bitfield_may_trap_p, 3984 1.10 rin "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{sign_extract} or\n\ 3985 1.10 rin @code{zero_extract} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\ 3986 1.10 rin this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{sign_extract} and\n\ 3987 1.10 rin @code{zero_extract} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\ 3988 1.10 rin to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\ 3989 1.10 rin passed along.", 3990 1.10 rin int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags), 3991 1.10 rin default_bitfield_may_trap_p) 3992 1.10 rin 3993 1.1 mrg /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers 3994 1.1 mrg to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook 3995 1.1 mrg if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in 3996 1.1 mrg non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be 3997 1.1 mrg represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this 3998 1.1 mrg hook should return NULL_RTX. */ 3999 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4000 1.1 mrg (dwarf_register_span, 4001 1.3 mrg "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\ 4002 1.3 mrg represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\ 4003 1.3 mrg register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\ 4004 1.3 mrg locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\ 4005 1.3 mrg register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\ 4006 1.3 mrg If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.", 4007 1.1 mrg rtx, (rtx reg), 4008 1.1 mrg hook_rtx_rtx_null) 4009 1.1 mrg 4010 1.3 mrg /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame 4011 1.3 mrg register. */ 4012 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 4013 1.3 mrg (dwarf_frame_reg_mode, 4014 1.3 mrg "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\ 4015 1.3 mrg corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\ 4016 1.3 mrg used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\ 4017 1.3 mrg clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size", 4018 1.3 mrg machine_mode, (int regno), 4019 1.3 mrg default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode) 4020 1.3 mrg 4021 1.1 mrg /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table 4022 1.1 mrg entries not corresponding directly to registers below 4023 1.1 mrg FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary 4024 1.1 mrg code, given the address of the table. */ 4025 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4026 1.1 mrg (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra, 4027 1.3 mrg "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\ 4028 1.3 mrg multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\ 4029 1.3 mrg sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\ 4030 1.3 mrg It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\ 4031 1.3 mrg filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\ 4032 1.3 mrg @var{address} is the address of the table.", 4033 1.1 mrg void, (tree address), 4034 1.1 mrg hook_void_tree) 4035 1.1 mrg 4036 1.1 mrg /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for 4037 1.1 mrg targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to 4038 1.1 mrg the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a 4039 1.1 mrg register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the 4040 1.1 mrg fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are 4041 1.1 mrg supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed 4042 1.1 mrg at by the second argument should be set to -1. */ 4043 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4044 1.1 mrg (fixed_condition_code_regs, 4045 1.11 mrg "On targets which use a hard\n\ 4046 1.3 mrg register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\ 4047 1.3 mrg regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\ 4048 1.3 mrg hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\ 4049 1.3 mrg small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\ 4050 1.3 mrg to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\ 4051 1.3 mrg arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\ 4052 1.3 mrg When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\ 4053 1.3 mrg integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\ 4054 1.3 mrg @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\ 4055 1.3 mrg \n\ 4056 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns false.", 4057 1.1 mrg bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2), 4058 1.1 mrg hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false) 4059 1.1 mrg 4060 1.1 mrg /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition 4061 1.1 mrg code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison 4062 1.1 mrg done in the returned mode will work for both of the original 4063 1.1 mrg modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return 4064 1.1 mrg VOIDmode. */ 4065 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4066 1.1 mrg (cc_modes_compatible, 4067 1.3 mrg "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\ 4068 1.3 mrg @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\ 4069 1.3 mrg validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\ 4070 1.3 mrg target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\ 4071 1.3 mrg both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\ 4072 1.3 mrg return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\ 4073 1.3 mrg \n\ 4074 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\ 4075 1.3 mrg same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\ 4076 1.3 mrg returns @code{VOIDmode}.", 4077 1.3 mrg machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2), 4078 1.1 mrg default_cc_modes_compatible) 4079 1.1 mrg 4080 1.1 mrg /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before 4081 1.1 mrg delayed-branch scheduling. */ 4082 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4083 1.1 mrg (machine_dependent_reorg, 4084 1.3 mrg "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\ 4085 1.3 mrg instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\ 4086 1.3 mrg just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\ 4087 1.3 mrg \n\ 4088 1.3 mrg The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\ 4089 1.3 mrg it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\ 4090 1.3 mrg laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\ 4091 1.3 mrg Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\ 4092 1.3 mrg \n\ 4093 1.3 mrg You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\ 4094 1.3 mrg definition is null.", 4095 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 4096 1.1 mrg 4097 1.1 mrg /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */ 4098 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4099 1.1 mrg (build_builtin_va_list, 4100 1.3 mrg "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\ 4101 1.3 mrg The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.", 4102 1.1 mrg tree, (void), 4103 1.1 mrg std_build_builtin_va_list) 4104 1.1 mrg 4105 1.1 mrg /* Enumerate the va list variants. */ 4106 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4107 1.1 mrg (enum_va_list_p, 4108 1.3 mrg "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\ 4109 1.3 mrg to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\ 4110 1.3 mrg variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\ 4111 1.3 mrg to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\ 4112 1.3 mrg variable.\n\ 4113 1.3 mrg The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\ 4114 1.3 mrg this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\ 4115 1.3 mrg internal type.\n\ 4116 1.3 mrg If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\ 4117 1.3 mrg Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\ 4118 1.3 mrg macro to iterate through all types.", 4119 1.1 mrg int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree), 4120 1.1 mrg NULL) 4121 1.1 mrg 4122 1.1 mrg /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */ 4123 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4124 1.1 mrg (fn_abi_va_list, 4125 1.3 mrg "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\ 4126 1.3 mrg @var{fndecl}.\n\ 4127 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.", 4128 1.1 mrg tree, (tree fndecl), 4129 1.1 mrg std_fn_abi_va_list) 4130 1.1 mrg 4131 1.1 mrg /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */ 4132 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4133 1.1 mrg (canonical_va_list_type, 4134 1.3 mrg "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\ 4135 1.3 mrg type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\ 4136 1.3 mrg @code{NULL_TREE}.", 4137 1.1 mrg tree, (tree type), 4138 1.1 mrg std_canonical_va_list_type) 4139 1.1 mrg 4140 1.1 mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 4141 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 4142 1.1 mrg (expand_builtin_va_start, 4143 1.1 mrg "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.", 4144 1.1 mrg void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL) 4145 1.1 mrg 4146 1.1 mrg /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */ 4147 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4148 1.1 mrg (gimplify_va_arg_expr, 4149 1.3 mrg "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\ 4150 1.3 mrg @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\ 4151 1.3 mrg arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\ 4152 1.11 mrg @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.", 4153 1.1 mrg tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p), 4154 1.1 mrg std_gimplify_va_arg_expr) 4155 1.1 mrg 4156 1.1 mrg /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific. 4157 1.1 mrg get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored, 4158 1.1 mrg and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same 4159 1.1 mrg information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid, 4160 1.1 mrg or an error message if not. */ 4161 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4162 1.1 mrg (get_pch_validity, 4163 1.3 mrg "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\ 4164 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\ 4165 1.3 mrg @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.", 4166 1.1 mrg void *, (size_t *sz), 4167 1.1 mrg default_get_pch_validity) 4168 1.1 mrg 4169 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4170 1.1 mrg (pch_valid_p, 4171 1.3 mrg "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\ 4172 1.3 mrg compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\ 4173 1.3 mrg if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\ 4174 1.3 mrg be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\ 4175 1.3 mrg \n\ 4176 1.3 mrg @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\ 4177 1.3 mrg when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\ 4178 1.3 mrg It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\ 4179 1.3 mrg compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\ 4180 1.3 mrg \n\ 4181 1.3 mrg The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\ 4182 1.3 mrg suitable for most targets.", 4183 1.1 mrg const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz), 4184 1.1 mrg default_pch_valid_p) 4185 1.1 mrg 4186 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4187 1.1 mrg (prepare_pch_save, 4188 1.1 mrg "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\ 4189 1.1 mrg garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\ 4190 1.1 mrg it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\ 4191 1.1 mrg to do anything here.", 4192 1.1 mrg void, (void), 4193 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 4194 1.1 mrg 4195 1.1 mrg /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the 4196 1.1 mrg given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so, 4197 1.1 mrg otherwise it returns an error message. */ 4198 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4199 1.1 mrg (check_pch_target_flags, 4200 1.3 mrg "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\ 4201 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\ 4202 1.3 mrg of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\ 4203 1.3 mrg @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\ 4204 1.3 mrg value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.", 4205 1.1 mrg const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL) 4206 1.1 mrg 4207 1.1 mrg /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many 4208 1.1 mrg bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of 4209 1.1 mrg that type. */ 4210 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4211 1.1 mrg (default_short_enums, 4212 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\ 4213 1.3 mrg @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\ 4214 1.3 mrg of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\ 4215 1.3 mrg @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\ 4216 1.3 mrg \n\ 4217 1.3 mrg The default is to return false.", 4218 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 4219 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 4220 1.1 mrg 4221 1.1 mrg /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address 4222 1.1 mrg of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */ 4223 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4224 1.1 mrg (builtin_setjmp_frame_value, 4225 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\ 4226 1.3 mrg the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\ 4227 1.3 mrg The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\ 4228 1.3 mrg machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\ 4229 1.3 mrg @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.", 4230 1.1 mrg rtx, (void), 4231 1.1 mrg default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value) 4232 1.1 mrg 4233 1.4 mrg /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints, 4234 1.4 mrg and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */ 4235 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4236 1.4 mrg (md_asm_adjust, 4237 1.4 mrg "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\ 4238 1.4 mrg @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\ 4239 1.4 mrg clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\ 4240 1.11 mrg to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\ 4241 1.11 mrg is the source location of the asm.\n\ 4242 1.4 mrg \n\ 4243 1.11 mrg It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\ 4244 1.11 mrg @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\ 4245 1.11 mrg return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\ 4246 1.11 mrg changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\ 4247 1.11 mrg to @var{input_modes}.", 4248 1.4 mrg rtx_insn *, 4249 1.11 mrg (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes, 4250 1.11 mrg vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers, 4251 1.11 mrg HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc), 4252 1.4 mrg NULL) 4253 1.1 mrg 4254 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention 4255 1.1 mrg in the debug information. This function actually returns an 4256 1.1 mrg enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations 4257 1.1 mrg and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included 4258 1.1 mrg the function is being declared as an int. */ 4259 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4260 1.1 mrg (dwarf_calling_convention, 4261 1.3 mrg "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\ 4262 1.3 mrg be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\ 4263 1.3 mrg value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.", 4264 1.1 mrg int, (const_tree function), 4265 1.1 mrg hook_int_const_tree_0) 4266 1.1 mrg 4267 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that 4268 1.1 mrg contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info 4269 1.1 mrg engine will invoke it on insns of the form 4270 1.1 mrg (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX)) 4271 1.1 mrg and 4272 1.1 mrg (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX)) 4273 1.1 mrg to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */ 4274 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4275 1.1 mrg (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec, 4276 1.3 mrg "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\ 4277 1.3 mrg contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\ 4278 1.3 mrg info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\ 4279 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 4280 1.3 mrg (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\ 4281 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 4282 1.3 mrg and\n\ 4283 1.3 mrg @smallexample\n\ 4284 1.3 mrg (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\ 4285 1.3 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 4286 1.3 mrg to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\ 4287 1.3 mrg the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\ 4288 1.3 mrg the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.", 4289 1.1 mrg void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL) 4290 1.1 mrg 4291 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 4292 1.7 mrg (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value, 4293 1.7 mrg "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\ 4294 1.7 mrg expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\ 4295 1.7 mrg register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\ 4296 1.7 mrg that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\ 4297 1.7 mrg @smallexample\n\ 4298 1.7 mrg value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\ 4299 1.7 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 4300 1.7 mrg \n\ 4301 1.7 mrg A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\ 4302 1.7 mrg @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.", 4303 1.7 mrg unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset), 4304 1.7 mrg default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value) 4305 1.7 mrg 4306 1.1 mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 4307 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 4308 1.1 mrg (stdarg_optimize_hook, 4309 1.1 mrg "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\ 4310 1.1 mrg from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\ 4311 1.1 mrg the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.", 4312 1.4 mrg bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL) 4313 1.1 mrg 4314 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL 4315 1.1 mrg that represents the external variable that contains the stack 4316 1.1 mrg protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */ 4317 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4318 1.1 mrg (stack_protect_guard, 4319 1.3 mrg "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\ 4320 1.3 mrg for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\ 4321 1.3 mrg runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\ 4322 1.3 mrg that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\ 4323 1.3 mrg variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\ 4324 1.3 mrg \n\ 4325 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\ 4326 1.3 mrg @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", 4327 1.1 mrg tree, (void), 4328 1.1 mrg default_stack_protect_guard) 4329 1.1 mrg 4330 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR 4331 1.1 mrg that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */ 4332 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4333 1.1 mrg (stack_protect_fail, 4334 1.3 mrg "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\ 4335 1.3 mrg stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\ 4336 1.3 mrg involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\ 4337 1.3 mrg \n\ 4338 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\ 4339 1.3 mrg @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\ 4340 1.3 mrg normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.", 4341 1.1 mrg tree, (void), 4342 1.1 mrg default_external_stack_protect_fail) 4343 1.1 mrg 4344 1.6 mrg /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack 4345 1.6 mrg protector runtime support. */ 4346 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 4347 1.6 mrg (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p, 4348 1.11 mrg "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\ 4349 1.11 mrg otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.", 4350 1.6 mrg bool, (void), 4351 1.6 mrg hook_bool_void_true) 4352 1.6 mrg 4353 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 4354 1.8 mrg (have_speculation_safe_value, 4355 1.8 mrg "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\ 4356 1.8 mrg @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\ 4357 1.8 mrg of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\ 4358 1.8 mrg this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\ 4359 1.8 mrg if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\ 4360 1.8 mrg \n\ 4361 1.8 mrg The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\ 4362 1.8 mrg a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\ 4363 1.8 mrg for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\ 4364 1.8 mrg compilation for the second case.\n\ 4365 1.8 mrg \n\ 4366 1.8 mrg For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\ 4367 1.8 mrg speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\ 4368 1.8 mrg simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\ 4369 1.8 mrg along with your other target hooks.", 4370 1.8 mrg bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value) 4371 1.8 mrg 4372 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 4373 1.8 mrg (speculation_safe_value, 4374 1.8 mrg "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\ 4375 1.8 mrg sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\ 4376 1.8 mrg built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\ 4377 1.8 mrg @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\ 4378 1.8 mrg speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\ 4379 1.8 mrg is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\ 4380 1.8 mrg two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\ 4381 1.8 mrg is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\ 4382 1.8 mrg until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\ 4383 1.8 mrg is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\ 4384 1.8 mrg state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\ 4385 1.8 mrg speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\ 4386 1.8 mrg \n\ 4387 1.8 mrg The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\ 4388 1.8 mrg emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.", 4389 1.8 mrg rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval), 4390 1.8 mrg default_speculation_safe_value) 4391 1.8 mrg 4392 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 4393 1.9 mrg (predict_doloop_p, 4394 1.9 mrg "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\ 4395 1.9 mrg for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\ 4396 1.9 mrg This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\ 4397 1.9 mrg loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\ 4398 1.9 mrg The default version of this hook returns false.", 4399 1.9 mrg bool, (class loop *loop), 4400 1.9 mrg default_predict_doloop_p) 4401 1.9 mrg 4402 1.9 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 4403 1.9 mrg (have_count_reg_decr_p, 4404 1.9 mrg "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\ 4405 1.9 mrg and branch.\n\ 4406 1.9 mrg The default value is false.", 4407 1.9 mrg bool, false) 4408 1.9 mrg 4409 1.9 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 4410 1.9 mrg (doloop_cost_for_generic, 4411 1.9 mrg "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\ 4412 1.9 mrg calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\ 4413 1.9 mrg function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\ 4414 1.9 mrg hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\ 4415 1.9 mrg move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\ 4416 1.9 mrg while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\ 4417 1.9 mrg expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\ 4418 1.9 mrg this especially for generic IV uses.\n\ 4419 1.9 mrg The default value is zero.", 4420 1.9 mrg int64_t, 0) 4421 1.9 mrg 4422 1.9 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 4423 1.9 mrg (doloop_cost_for_address, 4424 1.9 mrg "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\ 4425 1.9 mrg calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\ 4426 1.9 mrg function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\ 4427 1.9 mrg hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\ 4428 1.9 mrg move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\ 4429 1.9 mrg while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\ 4430 1.9 mrg expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\ 4431 1.9 mrg this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\ 4432 1.9 mrg The default value is zero.", 4433 1.9 mrg int64_t, 0) 4434 1.8 mrg 4435 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 4436 1.3 mrg (can_use_doloop_p, 4437 1.3 mrg "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\ 4438 1.3 mrg and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\ 4439 1.3 mrg exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\ 4440 1.3 mrg the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\ 4441 1.3 mrg the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\ 4442 1.3 mrg contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\ 4443 1.3 mrg loop is only entered from the top.\n\ 4444 1.3 mrg \n\ 4445 1.3 mrg This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\ 4446 1.3 mrg implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\ 4447 1.3 mrg if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.", 4448 1.3 mrg bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max, 4449 1.3 mrg unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top), 4450 1.3 mrg hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true) 4451 1.3 mrg 4452 1.1 mrg /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block, 4453 1.1 mrg otherwise it returns an error message. */ 4454 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4455 1.1 mrg (invalid_within_doloop, 4456 1.3 mrg "\n\ 4457 1.3 mrg Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\ 4458 1.3 mrg low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\ 4459 1.3 mrg could not be applied.\n\ 4460 1.3 mrg \n\ 4461 1.3 mrg Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\ 4462 1.3 mrg instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\ 4463 1.3 mrg the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\ 4464 1.3 mrg By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\ 4465 1.3 mrg loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.", 4466 1.3 mrg const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn), 4467 1.1 mrg default_invalid_within_doloop) 4468 1.1 mrg 4469 1.11 mrg /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */ 4470 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 4471 1.11 mrg (preferred_doloop_mode, 4472 1.11 mrg "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\ 4473 1.11 mrg original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\ 4474 1.11 mrg @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\ 4475 1.11 mrg otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\ 4476 1.11 mrg 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\ 4477 1.11 mrg original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.", 4478 1.11 mrg machine_mode, 4479 1.11 mrg (machine_mode mode), 4480 1.11 mrg default_preferred_doloop_mode) 4481 1.11 mrg 4482 1.1 mrg /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */ 4483 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4484 1.1 mrg (legitimate_combined_insn, 4485 1.11 mrg "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\ 4486 1.11 mrg is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\ 4487 1.11 mrg default is to accept all instructions.", 4488 1.3 mrg bool, (rtx_insn *insn), 4489 1.3 mrg hook_bool_rtx_insn_true) 4490 1.1 mrg 4491 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4492 1.1 mrg (valid_dllimport_attribute_p, 4493 1.11 mrg "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\ 4494 1.11 mrg specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\ 4495 1.11 mrg checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.", 4496 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree decl), 4497 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_true) 4498 1.1 mrg 4499 1.1 mrg /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this 4500 1.1 mrg value. */ 4501 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 4502 1.1 mrg (const_anchor, 4503 1.3 mrg "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\ 4504 1.3 mrg a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\ 4505 1.3 mrg is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\ 4506 1.3 mrg is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\ 4507 1.3 mrg subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\ 4508 1.3 mrg the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\ 4509 1.3 mrg available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\ 4510 1.3 mrg constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\ 4511 1.3 mrg down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\ 4512 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\ 4513 1.3 mrg accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\ 4514 1.3 mrg value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\ 4515 1.3 mrg MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\ 4516 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\ 4517 1.3 mrg is zero, which disables this optimization.", 4518 1.1 mrg unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0) 4519 1.1 mrg 4520 1.1 mrg /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */ 4521 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4522 1.1 mrg (memmodel_check, 4523 1.3 mrg "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\ 4524 1.3 mrg memory model bits are allowed.", 4525 1.1 mrg unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL) 4526 1.1 mrg 4527 1.1 mrg /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding 4528 1.1 mrg Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not 4529 1.1 mrg supported by the target. */ 4530 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4531 1.1 mrg (asan_shadow_offset, 4532 1.1 mrg "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\ 4533 1.1 mrg Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\ 4534 1.11 mrg supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\ 4535 1.11 mrg by a subtarget.", 4536 1.1 mrg unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 4537 1.1 mrg NULL) 4538 1.1 mrg 4539 1.1 mrg /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */ 4540 1.1 mrg /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */ 4541 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls) 4542 1.1 mrg 4543 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4544 1.1 mrg (promote_function_mode, 4545 1.3 mrg "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\ 4546 1.3 mrg function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\ 4547 1.3 mrg and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\ 4548 1.3 mrg change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\ 4549 1.3 mrg pointer} types.\n\ 4550 1.3 mrg \n\ 4551 1.3 mrg @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\ 4552 1.3 mrg return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\ 4553 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\ 4554 1.3 mrg If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\ 4555 1.3 mrg which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\ 4556 1.3 mrg then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\ 4557 1.3 mrg the signedness may be different.\n\ 4558 1.3 mrg \n\ 4559 1.3 mrg @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\ 4560 1.3 mrg \n\ 4561 1.3 mrg The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\ 4562 1.3 mrg also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\ 4563 1.3 mrg if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.", 4564 1.3 mrg machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp, 4565 1.1 mrg const_tree funtype, int for_return), 4566 1.1 mrg default_promote_function_mode) 4567 1.1 mrg 4568 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4569 1.1 mrg (promote_prototypes, 4570 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\ 4571 1.3 mrg prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\ 4572 1.3 mrg passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\ 4573 1.3 mrg cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\ 4574 1.3 mrg The default is to not promote prototypes.", 4575 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree fntype), 4576 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 4577 1.1 mrg 4578 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4579 1.1 mrg (struct_value_rtx, 4580 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\ 4581 1.3 mrg address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\ 4582 1.3 mrg passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\ 4583 1.3 mrg be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\ 4584 1.3 mrg hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\ 4585 1.3 mrg argument.\n\ 4586 1.3 mrg \n\ 4587 1.3 mrg On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\ 4588 1.3 mrg is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\ 4589 1.3 mrg caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\ 4590 1.3 mrg be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\ 4591 1.3 mrg @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\ 4592 1.3 mrg the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\ 4593 1.3 mrg the caller.\n\ 4594 1.3 mrg \n\ 4595 1.3 mrg If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\ 4596 1.3 mrg stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\ 4597 1.3 mrg @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\ 4598 1.3 mrg structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\ 4599 1.3 mrg to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.", 4600 1.1 mrg rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming), 4601 1.1 mrg hook_rtx_tree_int_null) 4602 1.3 mrg 4603 1.3 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 4604 1.3 mrg (omit_struct_return_reg, 4605 1.3 mrg "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\ 4606 1.3 mrg is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\ 4607 1.3 mrg arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\ 4608 1.4 mrg pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\ 4609 1.3 mrg undesirable on your target.", 4610 1.3 mrg bool, false) 4611 1.3 mrg 4612 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4613 1.1 mrg (return_in_memory, 4614 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\ 4615 1.3 mrg function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\ 4616 1.3 mrg Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\ 4617 1.3 mrg will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\ 4618 1.3 mrg libcalls.\n\ 4619 1.3 mrg \n\ 4620 1.3 mrg Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\ 4621 1.3 mrg by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\ 4622 1.3 mrg takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\ 4623 1.3 mrg possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\ 4624 1.3 mrg definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\ 4625 1.3 mrg values, and 0 otherwise.\n\ 4626 1.3 mrg \n\ 4627 1.3 mrg Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\ 4628 1.3 mrg be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\ 4629 1.3 mrg to indicate this.", 4630 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype), 4631 1.1 mrg default_return_in_memory) 4632 1.1 mrg 4633 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4634 1.1 mrg (return_in_msb, 4635 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\ 4636 1.3 mrg at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\ 4637 1.3 mrg padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\ 4638 1.3 mrg is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\ 4639 1.3 mrg \n\ 4640 1.3 mrg Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\ 4641 1.3 mrg be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\ 4642 1.3 mrg or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\ 4643 1.3 mrg 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\ 4644 1.3 mrg @code{SImode} rtx.", 4645 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree type), 4646 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 4647 1.1 mrg 4648 1.1 mrg /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may 4649 1.1 mrg be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is 4650 1.1 mrg from __builtin_va_arg. */ 4651 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4652 1.1 mrg (pass_by_reference, 4653 1.9 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\ 4654 1.3 mrg position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\ 4655 1.3 mrg predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\ 4656 1.9 mrg passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\ 4657 1.3 mrg \n\ 4658 1.3 mrg If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\ 4659 1.3 mrg pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\ 4660 1.3 mrg The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\ 4661 1.3 mrg to that type.", 4662 1.1 mrg bool, 4663 1.9 mrg (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg), 4664 1.9 mrg hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false) 4665 1.1 mrg 4666 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4667 1.1 mrg (expand_builtin_saveregs, 4668 1.3 mrg "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\ 4669 1.3 mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\ 4670 1.3 mrg beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\ 4671 1.3 mrg return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\ 4672 1.3 mrg to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.", 4673 1.1 mrg rtx, (void), 4674 1.1 mrg default_expand_builtin_saveregs) 4675 1.1 mrg 4676 1.1 mrg /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */ 4677 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4678 1.1 mrg (setup_incoming_varargs, 4679 1.3 mrg "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\ 4680 1.3 mrg @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\ 4681 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\ 4682 1.3 mrg register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\ 4683 1.3 mrg have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\ 4684 1.3 mrg use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\ 4685 1.3 mrg pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\ 4686 1.3 mrg \n\ 4687 1.3 mrg The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\ 4688 1.3 mrg structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\ 4689 1.9 mrg named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\ 4690 1.9 mrg arguments.\n\ 4691 1.3 mrg \n\ 4692 1.3 mrg The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\ 4693 1.3 mrg argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\ 4694 1.3 mrg store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\ 4695 1.3 mrg variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\ 4696 1.3 mrg store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\ 4697 1.3 mrg frame.\n\ 4698 1.3 mrg \n\ 4699 1.3 mrg Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\ 4700 1.3 mrg compile time without knowing their data types,\n\ 4701 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\ 4702 1.3 mrg have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\ 4703 1.3 mrg for all data types.\n\ 4704 1.3 mrg \n\ 4705 1.3 mrg If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\ 4706 1.3 mrg arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\ 4707 1.3 mrg happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\ 4708 1.3 mrg end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\ 4709 1.3 mrg not generate any instructions in this case.", 4710 1.9 mrg void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg, 4711 1.3 mrg int *pretend_args_size, int second_time), 4712 1.3 mrg default_setup_incoming_varargs) 4713 1.3 mrg 4714 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 4715 1.3 mrg (call_args, 4716 1.3 mrg "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\ 4717 1.3 mrg for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\ 4718 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\ 4719 1.3 mrg before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\ 4720 1.3 mrg function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\ 4721 1.3 mrg @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\ 4722 1.3 mrg invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\ 4723 1.3 mrg This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\ 4724 1.3 mrg registers if a target needs it.\n\ 4725 1.3 mrg For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\ 4726 1.3 mrg passed instead of an argument register.\n\ 4727 1.3 mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.", 4728 1.3 mrg void, (rtx, tree), 4729 1.3 mrg hook_void_rtx_tree) 4730 1.3 mrg 4731 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 4732 1.3 mrg (end_call_args, 4733 1.3 mrg "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\ 4734 1.3 mrg just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\ 4735 1.3 mrg signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\ 4736 1.3 mrg emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\ 4737 1.3 mrg Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.", 4738 1.3 mrg void, (void), 4739 1.3 mrg hook_void_void) 4740 1.1 mrg 4741 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4742 1.11 mrg (push_argument, 4743 1.11 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\ 4744 1.11 mrg used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\ 4745 1.11 mrg optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\ 4746 1.11 mrg push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\ 4747 1.11 mrg have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\ 4748 1.11 mrg @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\ 4749 1.11 mrg strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\ 4750 1.11 mrg arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\ 4751 1.11 mrg @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.", 4752 1.11 mrg bool, (unsigned int npush), 4753 1.11 mrg default_push_argument) 4754 1.11 mrg 4755 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 4756 1.1 mrg (strict_argument_naming, 4757 1.3 mrg "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\ 4758 1.3 mrg argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\ 4759 1.3 mrg \n\ 4760 1.3 mrg This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4761 1.3 mrg is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\ 4762 1.3 mrg @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\ 4763 1.3 mrg arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\ 4764 1.3 mrg but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\ 4765 1.3 mrg then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\ 4766 1.3 mrg except the last are treated as named.\n\ 4767 1.3 mrg \n\ 4768 1.3 mrg You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.", 4769 1.1 mrg bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), 4770 1.1 mrg hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false) 4771 1.1 mrg 4772 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if we should use 4773 1.1 mrg targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or 4774 1.1 mrg targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */ 4775 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4776 1.1 mrg (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named, 4777 1.3 mrg "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\ 4778 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\ 4779 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\ 4780 1.3 mrg defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\ 4781 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\ 4782 1.3 mrg Otherwise, you should not define this hook.", 4783 1.1 mrg bool, (cumulative_args_t ca), 4784 1.1 mrg default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named) 4785 1.1 mrg 4786 1.1 mrg /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T 4787 1.1 mrg should be passed as two scalars. */ 4788 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4789 1.1 mrg (split_complex_arg, 4790 1.3 mrg "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\ 4791 1.3 mrg as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\ 4792 1.3 mrg arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\ 4793 1.3 mrg to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\ 4794 1.3 mrg AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\ 4795 1.3 mrg registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\ 4796 1.3 mrg point register.\n\ 4797 1.3 mrg \n\ 4798 1.3 mrg The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\ 4799 1.3 mrg false.", 4800 1.1 mrg bool, (const_tree type), NULL) 4801 1.1 mrg 4802 1.1 mrg /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers, 4803 1.1 mrg but must be passed on the stack. */ 4804 1.1 mrg /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference. 4805 1.1 mrg Need audit to verify that this is the case. */ 4806 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4807 1.1 mrg (must_pass_in_stack, 4808 1.9 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\ 4809 1.3 mrg solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\ 4810 1.3 mrg definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\ 4811 1.3 mrg documentation.", 4812 1.9 mrg bool, (const function_arg_info &arg), 4813 1.1 mrg must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad) 4814 1.1 mrg 4815 1.1 mrg /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference, 4816 1.1 mrg should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than 4817 1.1 mrg the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */ 4818 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4819 1.1 mrg (callee_copies, 4820 1.3 mrg "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\ 4821 1.3 mrg known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\ 4822 1.3 mrg function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\ 4823 1.3 mrg by the caller.\n\ 4824 1.3 mrg \n\ 4825 1.3 mrg For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\ 4826 1.3 mrg determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\ 4827 1.3 mrg not be generated.\n\ 4828 1.3 mrg \n\ 4829 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns false.", 4830 1.1 mrg bool, 4831 1.9 mrg (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg), 4832 1.9 mrg hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false) 4833 1.1 mrg 4834 1.1 mrg /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely 4835 1.1 mrg in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed 4836 1.1 mrg in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */ 4837 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4838 1.1 mrg (arg_partial_bytes, 4839 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\ 4840 1.3 mrg argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\ 4841 1.3 mrg arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\ 4842 1.3 mrg pushed on the stack.\n\ 4843 1.3 mrg \n\ 4844 1.3 mrg On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\ 4845 1.3 mrg registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\ 4846 1.3 mrg first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\ 4847 1.3 mrg on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\ 4848 1.3 mrg structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\ 4849 1.3 mrg in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\ 4850 1.3 mrg compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\ 4851 1.3 mrg \n\ 4852 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\ 4853 1.3 mrg register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\ 4854 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.", 4855 1.9 mrg int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg), 4856 1.9 mrg hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0) 4857 1.1 mrg 4858 1.1 mrg /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the 4859 1.1 mrg argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that 4860 1.1 mrg argument. */ 4861 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4862 1.1 mrg (function_arg_advance, 4863 1.3 mrg "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\ 4864 1.9 mrg advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\ 4865 1.3 mrg the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\ 4866 1.3 mrg argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\ 4867 1.3 mrg \n\ 4868 1.3 mrg This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\ 4869 1.3 mrg on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\ 4870 1.3 mrg used for arguments without any special help.", 4871 1.1 mrg void, 4872 1.9 mrg (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg), 4873 1.1 mrg default_function_arg_advance) 4874 1.1 mrg 4875 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 4876 1.7 mrg (function_arg_offset, 4877 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\ 4878 1.7 mrg argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\ 4879 1.7 mrg This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\ 4880 1.7 mrg arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\ 4881 1.7 mrg instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.", 4882 1.7 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4883 1.7 mrg default_function_arg_offset) 4884 1.7 mrg 4885 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 4886 1.7 mrg (function_arg_padding, 4887 1.7 mrg "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\ 4888 1.7 mrg an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\ 4889 1.7 mrg @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\ 4890 1.7 mrg to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\ 4891 1.7 mrg \n\ 4892 1.7 mrg The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\ 4893 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\ 4894 1.7 mrg to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\ 4895 1.7 mrg \n\ 4896 1.7 mrg This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\ 4897 1.7 mrg For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\ 4898 1.7 mrg big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\ 4899 1.7 mrg constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.", 4900 1.7 mrg pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4901 1.7 mrg default_function_arg_padding) 4902 1.7 mrg 4903 1.1 mrg /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should 4904 1.1 mrg be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the 4905 1.1 mrg argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that 4906 1.1 mrg argument. */ 4907 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4908 1.1 mrg (function_arg, 4909 1.9 mrg "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\ 4910 1.9 mrg in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\ 4911 1.9 mrg the previous arguments.\n\ 4912 1.3 mrg \n\ 4913 1.3 mrg The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ 4914 1.3 mrg register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\ 4915 1.3 mrg on the stack.\n\ 4916 1.3 mrg \n\ 4917 1.3 mrg The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\ 4918 1.3 mrg used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\ 4919 1.3 mrg @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\ 4920 1.3 mrg @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\ 4921 1.3 mrg describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\ 4922 1.3 mrg @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\ 4923 1.3 mrg register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\ 4924 1.3 mrg register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\ 4925 1.3 mrg second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\ 4926 1.3 mrg the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\ 4927 1.3 mrg As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\ 4928 1.3 mrg RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\ 4929 1.3 mrg argument is also stored on the stack.\n\ 4930 1.3 mrg \n\ 4931 1.3 mrg The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\ 4932 1.3 mrg VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\ 4933 1.3 mrg pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\ 4934 1.3 mrg \n\ 4935 1.3 mrg @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\ 4936 1.3 mrg The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\ 4937 1.3 mrg machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\ 4938 1.3 mrg cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\ 4939 1.3 mrg done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\ 4940 1.3 mrg @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\ 4941 1.3 mrg \n\ 4942 1.3 mrg @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4943 1.3 mrg @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\ 4944 1.3 mrg You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\ 4945 1.3 mrg in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\ 4946 1.3 mrg type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\ 4947 1.3 mrg is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\ 4948 1.3 mrg argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\ 4949 1.3 mrg defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\ 4950 1.3 mrg a register.", 4951 1.9 mrg rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg), 4952 1.1 mrg default_function_arg) 4953 1.1 mrg 4954 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4955 1.1 mrg (function_incoming_arg, 4956 1.6 mrg "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\ 4957 1.6 mrg views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\ 4958 1.6 mrg functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\ 4959 1.6 mrg and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\ 4960 1.3 mrg \n\ 4961 1.6 mrg In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\ 4962 1.3 mrg which the caller passes the value, and\n\ 4963 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\ 4964 1.3 mrg fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\ 4965 1.3 mrg arrive.\n\ 4966 1.3 mrg \n\ 4967 1.6 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\ 4968 1.6 mrg computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\ 4969 1.6 mrg so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\ 4970 1.6 mrg \n\ 4971 1.3 mrg If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\ 4972 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.", 4973 1.9 mrg rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg), 4974 1.1 mrg default_function_incoming_arg) 4975 1.1 mrg 4976 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4977 1.1 mrg (function_arg_boundary, 4978 1.3 mrg "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\ 4979 1.3 mrg with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\ 4980 1.3 mrg @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.", 4981 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4982 1.1 mrg default_function_arg_boundary) 4983 1.1 mrg 4984 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4985 1.1 mrg (function_arg_round_boundary, 4986 1.1 mrg "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\ 4987 1.1 mrg which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\ 4988 1.1 mrg return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\ 4989 1.1 mrg value.", 4990 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type), 4991 1.1 mrg default_function_arg_round_boundary) 4992 1.1 mrg 4993 1.1 mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype 4994 1.1 mrg is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */ 4995 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 4996 1.1 mrg (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn, 4997 1.3 mrg "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 4998 1.3 mrg illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\ 4999 1.3 mrg with prototype @var{typelist}.", 5000 1.1 mrg const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val), 5001 1.1 mrg hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn) 5002 1.1 mrg 5003 1.1 mrg /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function 5004 1.1 mrg specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */ 5005 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5006 1.1 mrg (function_value, 5007 1.3 mrg "\n\ 5008 1.3 mrg Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\ 5009 1.3 mrg returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\ 5010 1.3 mrg representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\ 5011 1.3 mrg representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\ 5012 1.3 mrg function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\ 5013 1.3 mrg compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\ 5014 1.3 mrg Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\ 5015 1.3 mrg a function returns a value.\n\ 5016 1.3 mrg \n\ 5017 1.3 mrg On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\ 5018 1.3 mrg (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\ 5019 1.3 mrg place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\ 5020 1.3 mrg @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\ 5021 1.3 mrg The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\ 5022 1.3 mrg multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\ 5023 1.3 mrg @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\ 5024 1.3 mrg location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\ 5025 1.3 mrg the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\ 5026 1.3 mrg that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\ 5027 1.3 mrg port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\ 5028 1.3 mrg @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\ 5029 1.3 mrg \n\ 5030 1.3 mrg If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\ 5031 1.3 mrg the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\ 5032 1.3 mrg @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\ 5033 1.3 mrg \n\ 5034 1.3 mrg If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\ 5035 1.3 mrg node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\ 5036 1.3 mrg pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\ 5037 1.3 mrg convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\ 5038 1.3 mrg known.\n\ 5039 1.3 mrg \n\ 5040 1.3 mrg Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\ 5041 1.3 mrg which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\ 5042 1.3 mrg the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\ 5043 1.3 mrg different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\ 5044 1.3 mrg \n\ 5045 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\ 5046 1.3 mrg aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\ 5047 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.", 5048 1.1 mrg rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing), 5049 1.1 mrg default_function_value) 5050 1.1 mrg 5051 1.1 mrg /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE, 5052 1.1 mrg calling the function FN_NAME. */ 5053 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5054 1.1 mrg (libcall_value, 5055 1.3 mrg "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\ 5056 1.3 mrg function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\ 5057 1.3 mrg \n\ 5058 1.3 mrg The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\ 5059 1.3 mrg library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\ 5060 1.3 mrg representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\ 5061 1.3 mrg \n\ 5062 1.3 mrg If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.", 5063 1.3 mrg rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun), 5064 1.1 mrg default_libcall_value) 5065 1.1 mrg 5066 1.1 mrg /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for 5067 1.1 mrg a function value as seen by the caller. */ 5068 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5069 1.1 mrg (function_value_regno_p, 5070 1.3 mrg "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\ 5071 1.3 mrg register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\ 5072 1.3 mrg \n\ 5073 1.3 mrg A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\ 5074 1.3 mrg second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\ 5075 1.3 mrg recognized by this target hook.\n\ 5076 1.3 mrg \n\ 5077 1.3 mrg If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\ 5078 1.3 mrg function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\ 5079 1.3 mrg should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\ 5080 1.3 mrg \n\ 5081 1.3 mrg If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.", 5082 1.1 mrg bool, (const unsigned int regno), 5083 1.1 mrg default_function_value_regno_p) 5084 1.1 mrg 5085 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 5086 1.9 mrg (fntype_abi, 5087 1.9 mrg "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\ 5088 1.9 mrg definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\ 5089 1.9 mrg descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\ 5090 1.9 mrg interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.", 5091 1.9 mrg const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type), 5092 1.9 mrg NULL) 5093 1.9 mrg 5094 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 5095 1.9 mrg (insn_callee_abi, 5096 1.9 mrg "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\ 5097 1.9 mrg call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\ 5098 1.9 mrg @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\ 5099 1.9 mrg Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\ 5100 1.9 mrg directly.\n\ 5101 1.9 mrg \n\ 5102 1.9 mrg Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\ 5103 1.9 mrg interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.", 5104 1.9 mrg const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn), 5105 1.9 mrg NULL) 5106 1.9 mrg 5107 1.1 mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 5108 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 5109 1.1 mrg (internal_arg_pointer, 5110 1.1 mrg "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\ 5111 1.1 mrg current function.", 5112 1.1 mrg rtx, (void), 5113 1.1 mrg default_internal_arg_pointer) 5114 1.1 mrg 5115 1.1 mrg /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */ 5116 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5117 1.1 mrg (update_stack_boundary, 5118 1.3 mrg "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\ 5119 1.3 mrg necessary.", 5120 1.1 mrg void, (void), NULL) 5121 1.1 mrg 5122 1.1 mrg /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign 5123 1.1 mrg Argument Pointer if necessary. */ 5124 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5125 1.1 mrg (get_drap_rtx, 5126 1.3 mrg "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\ 5127 1.3 mrg different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\ 5128 1.3 mrg argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\ 5129 1.3 mrg is needed.", 5130 1.1 mrg rtx, (void), NULL) 5131 1.1 mrg 5132 1.11 mrg /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */ 5133 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 5134 1.11 mrg (zero_call_used_regs, 5135 1.11 mrg "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\ 5136 1.11 mrg that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\ 5137 1.11 mrg Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\ 5138 1.11 mrg \n\ 5139 1.11 mrg For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\ 5140 1.11 mrg @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\ 5141 1.11 mrg clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\ 5142 1.11 mrg clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\ 5143 1.11 mrg under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\ 5144 1.11 mrg call used registers.\n\ 5145 1.11 mrg \n\ 5146 1.11 mrg The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\ 5147 1.11 mrg all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\ 5148 1.11 mrg target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\ 5149 1.11 mrg or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\ 5150 1.11 mrg values that are useful to an attacker.", 5151 1.11 mrg HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs), 5152 1.11 mrg default_zero_call_used_regs) 5153 1.11 mrg 5154 1.1 mrg /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the 5155 1.1 mrg stack. */ 5156 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5157 1.1 mrg (allocate_stack_slots_for_args, 5158 1.3 mrg "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\ 5159 1.3 mrg arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\ 5160 1.3 mrg stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\ 5161 1.3 mrg debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\ 5162 1.3 mrg @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\ 5163 1.3 mrg cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\ 5164 1.3 mrg to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\ 5165 1.3 mrg false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.", 5166 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 5167 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_true) 5168 1.1 mrg 5169 1.3 mrg /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P 5170 1.3 mrg is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */ 5171 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5172 1.1 mrg (static_chain, 5173 1.3 mrg "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\ 5174 1.3 mrg targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\ 5175 1.3 mrg nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\ 5176 1.3 mrg attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\ 5177 1.3 mrg those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\ 5178 1.3 mrg \n\ 5179 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\ 5180 1.3 mrg \n\ 5181 1.3 mrg If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\ 5182 1.3 mrg provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\ 5183 1.3 mrg Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\ 5184 1.3 mrg from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\ 5185 1.3 mrg will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\ 5186 1.3 mrg @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\ 5187 1.3 mrg @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\ 5188 1.3 mrg @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\ 5189 1.3 mrg The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\ 5190 1.3 mrg @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\ 5191 1.3 mrg to refer to those items.", 5192 1.3 mrg rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p), 5193 1.1 mrg default_static_chain) 5194 1.1 mrg 5195 1.1 mrg /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a 5196 1.1 mrg static chain value of CHAIN. */ 5197 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5198 1.1 mrg (trampoline_init, 5199 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\ 5200 1.3 mrg @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\ 5201 1.3 mrg is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\ 5202 1.3 mrg RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\ 5203 1.3 mrg when it is called.\n\ 5204 1.3 mrg \n\ 5205 1.3 mrg If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\ 5206 1.3 mrg first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\ 5207 1.3 mrg from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\ 5208 1.3 mrg Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\ 5209 1.3 mrg trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\ 5210 1.3 mrg to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\ 5211 1.3 mrg \n\ 5212 1.11 mrg If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\ 5213 1.11 mrg (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\ 5214 1.3 mrg enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\ 5215 1.3 mrg initializing the trampoline proper.", 5216 1.1 mrg void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain), 5217 1.1 mrg default_trampoline_init) 5218 1.1 mrg 5219 1.11 mrg /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */ 5220 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 5221 1.11 mrg (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache, 5222 1.11 mrg "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\ 5223 1.11 mrg but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\ 5224 1.11 mrg maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\ 5225 1.11 mrg to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\ 5226 1.11 mrg \n\ 5227 1.11 mrg The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\ 5228 1.11 mrg taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\ 5229 1.11 mrg definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\ 5230 1.11 mrg conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.", 5231 1.11 mrg void, (rtx begin, rtx end), 5232 1.11 mrg default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) 5233 1.11 mrg 5234 1.1 mrg /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */ 5235 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5236 1.1 mrg (trampoline_adjust_address, 5237 1.3 mrg "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\ 5238 1.3 mrg the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\ 5239 1.3 mrg memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\ 5240 1.3 mrg the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\ 5241 1.3 mrg address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\ 5242 1.3 mrg be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\ 5243 1.3 mrg If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.", 5244 1.1 mrg rtx, (rtx addr), NULL) 5245 1.1 mrg 5246 1.6 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 5247 1.6 mrg (custom_function_descriptors, 5248 1.8 mrg "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\ 5249 1.8 mrg functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\ 5250 1.8 mrg in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\ 5251 1.8 mrg run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\ 5252 1.8 mrg pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\ 5253 1.8 mrg targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\ 5254 1.8 mrg value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\ 5255 1.8 mrg reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\ 5256 1.8 mrg \n\ 5257 1.8 mrg Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\ 5258 1.8 mrg function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\ 5259 1.8 mrg HPPA or IA-64.\n\ 5260 1.8 mrg \n\ 5261 1.8 mrg Using descriptors for nested functions\n\ 5262 1.6 mrg eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\ 5263 1.11 mrg it to be made executable.", 5264 1.6 mrg int, -1) 5265 1.6 mrg 5266 1.1 mrg /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function 5267 1.1 mrg pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the 5268 1.1 mrg caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */ 5269 1.1 mrg /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */ 5270 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5271 1.1 mrg (return_pops_args, 5272 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\ 5273 1.3 mrg a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\ 5274 1.3 mrg and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\ 5275 1.3 mrg \n\ 5276 1.3 mrg @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\ 5277 1.3 mrg the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ 5278 1.3 mrg @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\ 5279 1.3 mrg From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\ 5280 1.3 mrg \n\ 5281 1.3 mrg @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\ 5282 1.3 mrg describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\ 5283 1.3 mrg @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\ 5284 1.3 mrg From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\ 5285 1.3 mrg arguments (if known).\n\ 5286 1.3 mrg \n\ 5287 1.3 mrg When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\ 5288 1.3 mrg will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\ 5289 1.3 mrg you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\ 5290 1.3 mrg by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\ 5291 1.3 mrg a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\ 5292 1.3 mrg in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\ 5293 1.3 mrg \n\ 5294 1.3 mrg @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\ 5295 1.3 mrg stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\ 5296 1.3 mrg argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\ 5297 1.3 mrg \n\ 5298 1.3 mrg On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\ 5299 1.3 mrg of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\ 5300 1.3 mrg calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\ 5301 1.3 mrg the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\ 5302 1.3 mrg convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\ 5303 1.3 mrg arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\ 5304 1.3 mrg nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\ 5305 1.3 mrg @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\ 5306 1.3 mrg number of arguments.", 5307 1.7 mrg poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size), 5308 1.1 mrg default_return_pops_args) 5309 1.1 mrg 5310 1.1 mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be 5311 1.1 mrg returned. */ 5312 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5313 1.1 mrg (get_raw_result_mode, 5314 1.11 mrg "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\ 5315 1.11 mrg registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\ 5316 1.11 mrg in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", 5317 1.7 mrg fixed_size_mode, (int regno), 5318 1.1 mrg default_get_reg_raw_mode) 5319 1.1 mrg 5320 1.1 mrg /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be 5321 1.1 mrg passed. */ 5322 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5323 1.1 mrg (get_raw_arg_mode, 5324 1.11 mrg "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\ 5325 1.11 mrg registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\ 5326 1.11 mrg in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.", 5327 1.7 mrg fixed_size_mode, (int regno), 5328 1.1 mrg default_get_reg_raw_mode) 5329 1.1 mrg 5330 1.7 mrg /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */ 5331 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5332 1.7 mrg (empty_record_p, 5333 1.7 mrg "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\ 5334 1.7 mrg is to return @code{false}.", 5335 1.7 mrg bool, (const_tree type), 5336 1.7 mrg hook_bool_const_tree_false) 5337 1.7 mrg 5338 1.7 mrg /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */ 5339 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5340 1.7 mrg (warn_parameter_passing_abi, 5341 1.7 mrg "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\ 5342 1.7 mrg ABI.", 5343 1.7 mrg void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type), 5344 1.7 mrg hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree) 5345 1.7 mrg 5346 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls) 5347 1.1 mrg 5348 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5349 1.3 mrg (use_pseudo_pic_reg, 5350 1.3 mrg "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\ 5351 1.3 mrg for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.", 5352 1.3 mrg bool, (void), 5353 1.3 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 5354 1.3 mrg 5355 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5356 1.3 mrg (init_pic_reg, 5357 1.3 mrg "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\ 5358 1.3 mrg This hook is called at the start of register allocation.", 5359 1.3 mrg void, (void), 5360 1.3 mrg hook_void_void) 5361 1.3 mrg 5362 1.1 mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE 5363 1.1 mrg to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */ 5364 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5365 1.1 mrg (invalid_conversion, 5366 1.3 mrg "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5367 1.3 mrg invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\ 5368 1.3 mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.", 5369 1.1 mrg const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype), 5370 1.1 mrg hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null) 5371 1.1 mrg 5372 1.1 mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is 5373 1.1 mrg not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */ 5374 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5375 1.1 mrg (invalid_unary_op, 5376 1.3 mrg "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5377 1.3 mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\ 5378 1.3 mrg @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\ 5379 1.3 mrg if validity should be determined by the front end.", 5380 1.1 mrg const char *, (int op, const_tree type), 5381 1.1 mrg hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null) 5382 1.1 mrg 5383 1.1 mrg /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP 5384 1.1 mrg is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */ 5385 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5386 1.1 mrg (invalid_binary_op, 5387 1.3 mrg "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\ 5388 1.3 mrg invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\ 5389 1.3 mrg and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\ 5390 1.3 mrg the front end.", 5391 1.1 mrg const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2), 5392 1.1 mrg hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null) 5393 1.1 mrg 5394 1.1 mrg /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in 5395 1.1 mrg expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type, 5396 1.1 mrg or NULL_TREE otherwise. */ 5397 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5398 1.1 mrg (promoted_type, 5399 1.3 mrg "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\ 5400 1.3 mrg @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\ 5401 1.3 mrg analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\ 5402 1.3 mrg front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\ 5403 1.3 mrg target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\ 5404 1.3 mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", 5405 1.1 mrg tree, (const_tree type), 5406 1.1 mrg hook_tree_const_tree_null) 5407 1.1 mrg 5408 1.1 mrg /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion 5409 1.1 mrg rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply 5410 1.1 mrg the standard conversion rules. */ 5411 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5412 1.1 mrg (convert_to_type, 5413 1.3 mrg "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\ 5414 1.3 mrg @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\ 5415 1.3 mrg or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\ 5416 1.3 mrg This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\ 5417 1.3 mrg conversion rules.\n\ 5418 1.3 mrg This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.", 5419 1.1 mrg tree, (tree type, tree expr), 5420 1.1 mrg hook_tree_tree_tree_null) 5421 1.1 mrg 5422 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5423 1.9 mrg (verify_type_context, 5424 1.9 mrg "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\ 5425 1.9 mrg why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\ 5426 1.9 mrg by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\ 5427 1.9 mrg error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\ 5428 1.9 mrg \n\ 5429 1.9 mrg Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\ 5430 1.9 mrg @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\ 5431 1.9 mrg default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\ 5432 1.9 mrg \n\ 5433 1.9 mrg The default implementation always returns true.", 5434 1.9 mrg bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type, 5435 1.9 mrg bool silent_p), 5436 1.9 mrg NULL) 5437 1.9 mrg 5438 1.9 mrg DEFHOOK 5439 1.7 mrg (can_change_mode_class, 5440 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\ 5441 1.7 mrg registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\ 5442 1.7 mrg and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\ 5443 1.7 mrg The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\ 5444 1.7 mrg both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\ 5445 1.7 mrg \n\ 5446 1.7 mrg As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\ 5447 1.7 mrg floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\ 5448 1.7 mrg to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\ 5449 1.7 mrg 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\ 5450 1.7 mrg for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\ 5451 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\ 5452 1.7 mrg \n\ 5453 1.7 mrg @smallexample\n\ 5454 1.7 mrg (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\ 5455 1.7 mrg || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\ 5456 1.7 mrg @end smallexample\n\ 5457 1.7 mrg \n\ 5458 1.7 mrg Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\ 5459 1.7 mrg if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\ 5460 1.7 mrg than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\ 5461 1.7 mrg mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\ 5462 1.7 mrg or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\ 5463 1.7 mrg eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\ 5464 1.7 mrg Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\ 5465 1.7 mrg entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\ 5466 1.7 mrg value that the middle-end intended.", 5467 1.7 mrg bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass), 5468 1.7 mrg hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true) 5469 1.7 mrg 5470 1.4 mrg /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */ 5471 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 5472 1.4 mrg (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class, 5473 1.4 mrg "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\ 5474 1.4 mrg allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\ 5475 1.4 mrg \n\ 5476 1.4 mrg The default version of this target hook always returns given class.", 5477 1.4 mrg reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t), 5478 1.4 mrg default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class) 5479 1.4 mrg 5480 1.1 mrg /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */ 5481 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5482 1.1 mrg (lra_p, 5483 1.11 mrg "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\ 5484 1.11 mrg \n\ 5485 1.11 mrg The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\ 5486 1.11 mrg should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.", 5487 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 5488 1.1 mrg default_lra_p) 5489 1.1 mrg 5490 1.1 mrg /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */ 5491 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5492 1.1 mrg (register_priority, 5493 1.11 mrg "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\ 5494 1.11 mrg register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\ 5495 1.11 mrg more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\ 5496 1.11 mrg the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\ 5497 1.11 mrg others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\ 5498 1.11 mrg additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\ 5499 1.11 mrg return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\ 5500 1.11 mrg and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\ 5501 1.11 mrg \n\ 5502 1.11 mrg The default version of this target hook returns always zero.", 5503 1.1 mrg int, (int), 5504 1.1 mrg default_register_priority) 5505 1.1 mrg 5506 1.3 mrg /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */ 5507 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5508 1.3 mrg (register_usage_leveling_p, 5509 1.11 mrg "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\ 5510 1.11 mrg That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\ 5511 1.11 mrg assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\ 5512 1.11 mrg usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\ 5513 1.11 mrg usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\ 5514 1.11 mrg with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\ 5515 1.11 mrg optimizations.\n\ 5516 1.11 mrg \n\ 5517 1.11 mrg The default version of this target hook returns always false.", 5518 1.3 mrg bool, (void), 5519 1.3 mrg default_register_usage_leveling_p) 5520 1.3 mrg 5521 1.1 mrg /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */ 5522 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5523 1.1 mrg (different_addr_displacement_p, 5524 1.11 mrg "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\ 5525 1.11 mrg can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\ 5526 1.11 mrg displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\ 5527 1.11 mrg the insn.\n\ 5528 1.11 mrg \n\ 5529 1.11 mrg The default version of this target hook returns always false.", 5530 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 5531 1.1 mrg default_different_addr_displacement_p) 5532 1.1 mrg 5533 1.1 mrg /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers 5534 1.1 mrg instead of memory. */ 5535 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5536 1.1 mrg (spill_class, 5537 1.11 mrg "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\ 5538 1.11 mrg pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\ 5539 1.11 mrg should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\ 5540 1.11 mrg @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.", 5541 1.3 mrg reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode), 5542 1.1 mrg NULL) 5543 1.1 mrg 5544 1.6 mrg /* Determine an additional allocno class. */ 5545 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 5546 1.6 mrg (additional_allocno_class_p, 5547 1.11 mrg "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\ 5548 1.11 mrg be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\ 5549 1.11 mrg class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\ 5550 1.11 mrg complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\ 5551 1.11 mrg allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\ 5552 1.11 mrg equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.", 5553 1.6 mrg bool, (reg_class_t), 5554 1.6 mrg hook_bool_reg_class_t_false) 5555 1.6 mrg 5556 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5557 1.3 mrg (cstore_mode, 5558 1.11 mrg "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\ 5559 1.11 mrg conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\ 5560 1.11 mrg for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\ 5561 1.11 mrg as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\ 5562 1.11 mrg patterns.", 5563 1.7 mrg scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode), 5564 1.3 mrg default_cstore_mode) 5565 1.3 mrg 5566 1.6 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure 5567 1.6 mrg classes to use. */ 5568 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 5569 1.6 mrg (compute_pressure_classes, 5570 1.11 mrg "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\ 5571 1.11 mrg be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\ 5572 1.11 mrg account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\ 5573 1.11 mrg register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.", 5574 1.6 mrg int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL) 5575 1.6 mrg 5576 1.1 mrg /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should 5577 1.1 mrg be accessed using BLKmode. */ 5578 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5579 1.1 mrg (member_type_forces_blk, 5580 1.3 mrg "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\ 5581 1.3 mrg be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\ 5582 1.3 mrg \n\ 5583 1.3 mrg If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\ 5584 1.3 mrg mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\ 5585 1.3 mrg case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\ 5586 1.3 mrg retain the field's mode.\n\ 5587 1.3 mrg \n\ 5588 1.3 mrg Normally, this is not needed.", 5589 1.3 mrg bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode), 5590 1.1 mrg default_member_type_forces_blk) 5591 1.1 mrg 5592 1.11 mrg /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions 5593 1.6 mrg that gate the divod transform. */ 5594 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 5595 1.6 mrg (expand_divmod_libfunc, 5596 1.6 mrg "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\ 5597 1.11 mrg hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.", 5598 1.6 mrg void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem), 5599 1.6 mrg NULL) 5600 1.6 mrg 5601 1.1 mrg /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */ 5602 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5603 1.1 mrg (secondary_reload, 5604 1.3 mrg "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\ 5605 1.3 mrg from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\ 5606 1.3 mrg @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\ 5607 1.3 mrg from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\ 5608 1.3 mrg term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\ 5609 1.3 mrg directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\ 5610 1.3 mrg register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\ 5611 1.3 mrg destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\ 5612 1.3 mrg source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\ 5613 1.3 mrg reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\ 5614 1.3 mrg and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\ 5615 1.3 mrg intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\ 5616 1.3 mrg \n\ 5617 1.3 mrg Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\ 5618 1.3 mrg allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\ 5619 1.3 mrg register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\ 5620 1.3 mrg address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\ 5621 1.3 mrg when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\ 5622 1.3 mrg as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\ 5623 1.3 mrg that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\ 5624 1.3 mrg describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\ 5625 1.3 mrg these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\ 5626 1.3 mrg of the scratch register(s).\n\ 5627 1.3 mrg \n\ 5628 1.3 mrg In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\ 5629 1.3 mrg \n\ 5630 1.3 mrg For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\ 5631 1.3 mrg and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\ 5632 1.3 mrg @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\ 5633 1.3 mrg hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\ 5634 1.3 mrg needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\ 5635 1.3 mrg \n\ 5636 1.3 mrg If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\ 5637 1.3 mrg an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\ 5638 1.3 mrg return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\ 5639 1.3 mrg If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\ 5640 1.3 mrg If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\ 5641 1.3 mrg that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\ 5642 1.3 mrg \n\ 5643 1.3 mrg If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\ 5644 1.3 mrg perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\ 5645 1.3 mrg closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\ 5646 1.3 mrg required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\ 5647 1.3 mrg copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\ 5648 1.3 mrg \n\ 5649 1.3 mrg You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\ 5650 1.3 mrg in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\ 5651 1.3 mrg and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\ 5652 1.3 mrg for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\ 5653 1.3 mrg single-register-class\n\ 5654 1.3 mrg @c [later: or memory]\n\ 5655 1.3 mrg output constraint.\n\ 5656 1.3 mrg \n\ 5657 1.3 mrg When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\ 5658 1.3 mrg hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\ 5659 1.3 mrg register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\ 5660 1.3 mrg have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\ 5661 1.3 mrg \n\ 5662 1.3 mrg @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\ 5663 1.3 mrg @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\ 5664 1.3 mrg @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\ 5665 1.3 mrg @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\ 5666 1.3 mrg @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\ 5667 1.3 mrg @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\ 5668 1.3 mrg @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\ 5669 1.3 mrg @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\ 5670 1.3 mrg \n\ 5671 1.3 mrg \n\ 5672 1.3 mrg @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\ 5673 1.3 mrg pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\ 5674 1.3 mrg Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\ 5675 1.3 mrg in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\ 5676 1.3 mrg \n\ 5677 1.3 mrg Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\ 5678 1.3 mrg currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\ 5679 1.7 mrg to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\ 5680 1.3 mrg \n\ 5681 1.3 mrg @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\ 5682 1.3 mrg copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\ 5683 1.3 mrg (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\ 5684 1.3 mrg Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\ 5685 1.3 mrg of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\ 5686 1.3 mrg forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.", 5687 1.1 mrg reg_class_t, 5688 1.3 mrg (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode, 5689 1.1 mrg secondary_reload_info *sri), 5690 1.1 mrg default_secondary_reload) 5691 1.1 mrg 5692 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5693 1.7 mrg (secondary_memory_needed, 5694 1.7 mrg "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\ 5695 1.7 mrg to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\ 5696 1.7 mrg those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\ 5697 1.7 mrg of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\ 5698 1.7 mrg storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\ 5699 1.7 mrg location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\ 5700 1.7 mrg false for all inputs.", 5701 1.7 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2), 5702 1.7 mrg hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false) 5703 1.7 mrg 5704 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5705 1.7 mrg (secondary_memory_needed_mode, 5706 1.7 mrg "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\ 5707 1.7 mrg when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\ 5708 1.7 mrg this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\ 5709 1.7 mrg \n\ 5710 1.7 mrg The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\ 5711 1.7 mrg is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\ 5712 1.7 mrg a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\ 5713 1.7 mrg that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\ 5714 1.7 mrg registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\ 5715 1.7 mrg floating-point registers.\n\ 5716 1.7 mrg \n\ 5717 1.7 mrg However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\ 5718 1.7 mrg the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\ 5719 1.7 mrg differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\ 5720 1.7 mrg widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\ 5721 1.11 mrg suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\ 5722 1.7 mrg details.\n\ 5723 1.7 mrg \n\ 5724 1.7 mrg With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.", 5725 1.7 mrg machine_mode, (machine_mode mode), 5726 1.7 mrg default_secondary_memory_needed_mode) 5727 1.7 mrg 5728 1.1 mrg /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS, 5729 1.1 mrg return the class of reg to actually use. */ 5730 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5731 1.1 mrg (preferred_reload_class, 5732 1.3 mrg "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\ 5733 1.3 mrg to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\ 5734 1.3 mrg @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\ 5735 1.3 mrg another, smaller class.\n\ 5736 1.3 mrg \n\ 5737 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\ 5738 1.3 mrg \n\ 5739 1.3 mrg Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\ 5740 1.3 mrg example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\ 5741 1.3 mrg for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\ 5742 1.3 mrg @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\ 5743 1.3 mrg Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\ 5744 1.3 mrg \n\ 5745 1.3 mrg One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\ 5746 1.3 mrg @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\ 5747 1.3 mrg loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\ 5748 1.3 mrg force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\ 5749 1.3 mrg immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\ 5750 1.3 mrg instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\ 5751 1.3 mrg register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\ 5752 1.3 mrg @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\ 5753 1.3 mrg into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\ 5754 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\ 5755 1.3 mrg of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\ 5756 1.3 mrg \n\ 5757 1.3 mrg If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\ 5758 1.3 mrg through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\ 5759 1.3 mrg to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\ 5760 1.3 mrg reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\ 5761 1.3 mrg this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\ 5762 1.3 mrg the SSE registers (and vice versa).", 5763 1.1 mrg reg_class_t, 5764 1.1 mrg (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), 5765 1.1 mrg default_preferred_reload_class) 5766 1.1 mrg 5767 1.1 mrg /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of 5768 1.1 mrg input reloads. */ 5769 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5770 1.1 mrg (preferred_output_reload_class, 5771 1.3 mrg "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\ 5772 1.3 mrg input reloads.\n\ 5773 1.3 mrg \n\ 5774 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\ 5775 1.3 mrg argument.\n\ 5776 1.3 mrg \n\ 5777 1.3 mrg You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\ 5778 1.3 mrg reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.", 5779 1.1 mrg reg_class_t, 5780 1.1 mrg (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass), 5781 1.1 mrg default_preferred_output_reload_class) 5782 1.1 mrg 5783 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5784 1.7 mrg (select_early_remat_modes, 5785 1.7 mrg "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\ 5786 1.7 mrg standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\ 5787 1.7 mrg The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\ 5788 1.7 mrg recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\ 5789 1.7 mrg \n\ 5790 1.7 mrg This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\ 5791 1.7 mrg in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\ 5792 1.7 mrg the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.", 5793 1.7 mrg void, (sbitmap modes), 5794 1.7 mrg default_select_early_remat_modes) 5795 1.7 mrg 5796 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5797 1.1 mrg (class_likely_spilled_p, 5798 1.3 mrg "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\ 5799 1.3 mrg to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\ 5800 1.3 mrg registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\ 5801 1.3 mrg \n\ 5802 1.3 mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\ 5803 1.3 mrg has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\ 5804 1.3 mrg default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\ 5805 1.3 mrg i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\ 5806 1.3 mrg can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\ 5807 1.3 mrg \n\ 5808 1.3 mrg This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\ 5809 1.3 mrg transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\ 5810 1.3 mrg pressure.", 5811 1.1 mrg bool, (reg_class_t rclass), 5812 1.1 mrg default_class_likely_spilled_p) 5813 1.1 mrg 5814 1.1 mrg /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers 5815 1.1 mrg needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */ 5816 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5817 1.1 mrg (class_max_nregs, 5818 1.3 mrg "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\ 5819 1.3 mrg of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\ 5820 1.3 mrg \n\ 5821 1.7 mrg This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\ 5822 1.7 mrg In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\ 5823 1.3 mrg @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\ 5824 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\ 5825 1.3 mrg values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\ 5826 1.3 mrg \n\ 5827 1.3 mrg This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\ 5828 1.3 mrg in the reload pass.\n\ 5829 1.3 mrg \n\ 5830 1.3 mrg The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\ 5831 1.3 mrg in words.", 5832 1.3 mrg unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode), 5833 1.1 mrg default_class_max_nregs) 5834 1.1 mrg 5835 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5836 1.1 mrg (preferred_rename_class, 5837 1.11 mrg "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\ 5838 1.11 mrg class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\ 5839 1.11 mrg @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\ 5840 1.11 mrg preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\ 5841 1.11 mrg is not implemented.\n\ 5842 1.11 mrg Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\ 5843 1.11 mrg example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\ 5844 1.11 mrg smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\ 5845 1.11 mrg @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\ 5846 1.11 mrg be reduced.", 5847 1.1 mrg reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass), 5848 1.1 mrg default_preferred_rename_class) 5849 1.1 mrg 5850 1.3 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution 5851 1.3 mrg during register allocation. */ 5852 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5853 1.3 mrg (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p, 5854 1.3 mrg "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\ 5855 1.3 mrg substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\ 5856 1.3 mrg register allocation.\n\ 5857 1.3 mrg The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\ 5858 1.3 mrg On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\ 5859 1.3 mrg machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\ 5860 1.3 mrg as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.", 5861 1.3 mrg bool, (rtx subst), 5862 1.3 mrg hook_bool_rtx_false) 5863 1.3 mrg 5864 1.3 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus 5865 1.3 mrg displacement addressing. */ 5866 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 5867 1.3 mrg (legitimize_address_displacement, 5868 1.7 mrg "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\ 5869 1.7 mrg two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\ 5870 1.7 mrg a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\ 5871 1.7 mrg to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\ 5872 1.7 mrg the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\ 5873 1.7 mrg \n\ 5874 1.7 mrg The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\ 5875 1.7 mrg anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\ 5876 1.7 mrg from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.", 5877 1.7 mrg bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode), 5878 1.3 mrg default_legitimize_address_displacement) 5879 1.3 mrg 5880 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional 5881 1.1 mrg processing while initializing for variable expansion. */ 5882 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5883 1.1 mrg (expand_to_rtl_hook, 5884 1.3 mrg "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\ 5885 1.3 mrg to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\ 5886 1.3 mrg For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\ 5887 1.3 mrg for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\ 5888 1.3 mrg registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\ 5889 1.3 mrg usage.", 5890 1.1 mrg void, (void), 5891 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 5892 1.1 mrg 5893 1.1 mrg /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional 5894 1.1 mrg instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet, 5895 1.1 mrg but will be later. */ 5896 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5897 1.1 mrg (instantiate_decls, 5898 1.3 mrg "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\ 5899 1.3 mrg that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.", 5900 1.1 mrg void, (void), 5901 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 5902 1.1 mrg 5903 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5904 1.7 mrg (hard_regno_nregs, 5905 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\ 5906 1.7 mrg at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\ 5907 1.7 mrg @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\ 5908 1.7 mrg cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\ 5909 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\ 5910 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\ 5911 1.7 mrg \n\ 5912 1.7 mrg The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.", 5913 1.7 mrg unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 5914 1.7 mrg default_hard_regno_nregs) 5915 1.7 mrg 5916 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5917 1.7 mrg (hard_regno_mode_ok, 5918 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\ 5919 1.7 mrg of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\ 5920 1.7 mrg registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\ 5921 1.7 mrg unconditionally.\n\ 5922 1.7 mrg \n\ 5923 1.7 mrg You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\ 5924 1.7 mrg because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\ 5925 1.7 mrg \n\ 5926 1.7 mrg @cindex register pairs\n\ 5927 1.7 mrg On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\ 5928 1.7 mrg register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\ 5929 1.7 mrg odd register numbers for such modes.\n\ 5930 1.7 mrg \n\ 5931 1.7 mrg The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\ 5932 1.7 mrg @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\ 5933 1.7 mrg register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\ 5934 1.7 mrg value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\ 5935 1.7 mrg \n\ 5936 1.7 mrg Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\ 5937 1.7 mrg all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\ 5938 1.7 mrg this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\ 5939 1.7 mrg patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\ 5940 1.7 mrg useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\ 5941 1.7 mrg and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\ 5942 1.7 mrg modes to be tieable.\n\ 5943 1.7 mrg \n\ 5944 1.7 mrg Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\ 5945 1.7 mrg Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\ 5946 1.7 mrg in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\ 5947 1.7 mrg can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\ 5948 1.7 mrg mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\ 5949 1.7 mrg registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\ 5950 1.7 mrg \n\ 5951 1.7 mrg On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\ 5952 1.7 mrg modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\ 5953 1.7 mrg registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\ 5954 1.7 mrg non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\ 5955 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\ 5956 1.7 mrg floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\ 5957 1.7 mrg normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\ 5958 1.7 mrg unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\ 5959 1.7 mrg register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\ 5960 1.7 mrg \n\ 5961 1.7 mrg The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\ 5962 1.7 mrg they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\ 5963 1.7 mrg instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\ 5964 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\ 5965 1.7 mrg constraints for those instructions.\n\ 5966 1.7 mrg \n\ 5967 1.7 mrg On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\ 5968 1.7 mrg so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\ 5969 1.7 mrg register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\ 5970 1.7 mrg floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\ 5971 1.7 mrg be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.", 5972 1.7 mrg bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 5973 1.7 mrg hook_bool_uint_mode_true) 5974 1.7 mrg 5975 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 5976 1.7 mrg (modes_tieable_p, 5977 1.7 mrg "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\ 5978 1.7 mrg in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\ 5979 1.7 mrg \n\ 5980 1.7 mrg If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\ 5981 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\ 5982 1.7 mrg the same for any @var{r}, then\n\ 5983 1.7 mrg @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\ 5984 1.7 mrg should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\ 5985 1.7 mrg this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\ 5986 1.7 mrg accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\ 5987 1.7 mrg \n\ 5988 1.7 mrg You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\ 5989 1.7 mrg possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\ 5990 1.7 mrg allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.", 5991 1.7 mrg bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2), 5992 1.7 mrg hook_bool_mode_mode_true) 5993 1.7 mrg 5994 1.1 mrg /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register 5995 1.1 mrg in peephole2. */ 5996 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 5997 1.1 mrg (hard_regno_scratch_ok, 5998 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\ 5999 1.3 mrg @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\ 6000 1.3 mrg \n\ 6001 1.3 mrg One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\ 6002 1.3 mrg is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\ 6003 1.3 mrg \n\ 6004 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.", 6005 1.1 mrg bool, (unsigned int regno), 6006 1.1 mrg default_hard_regno_scratch_ok) 6007 1.1 mrg 6008 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 6009 1.7 mrg (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered, 6010 1.9 mrg "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\ 6011 1.9 mrg of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\ 6012 1.9 mrg particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\ 6013 1.9 mrg @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\ 6014 1.9 mrg must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\ 6015 1.9 mrg This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\ 6016 1.9 mrg registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\ 6017 1.9 mrg call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\ 6018 1.9 mrg preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\ 6019 1.9 mrg clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\ 6020 1.9 mrg but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\ 6021 1.9 mrg \n\ 6022 1.9 mrg The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\ 6023 1.9 mrg structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\ 6024 1.9 mrg structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\ 6025 1.9 mrg for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\ 6026 1.7 mrg \n\ 6027 1.7 mrg The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\ 6028 1.7 mrg for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.", 6029 1.9 mrg bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode), 6030 1.9 mrg hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false) 6031 1.8 mrg 6032 1.8 mrg DEFHOOK 6033 1.8 mrg (get_multilib_abi_name, 6034 1.8 mrg "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.", 6035 1.8 mrg const char *, (void), 6036 1.8 mrg hook_constcharptr_void_null) 6037 1.8 mrg 6038 1.1 mrg /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to 6039 1.1 mrg use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */ 6040 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6041 1.1 mrg (case_values_threshold, 6042 1.3 mrg "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\ 6043 1.3 mrg is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\ 6044 1.3 mrg The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\ 6045 1.3 mrg five otherwise. This is best for most machines.", 6046 1.1 mrg unsigned int, (void), 6047 1.1 mrg default_case_values_threshold) 6048 1.1 mrg 6049 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 6050 1.7 mrg (starting_frame_offset, 6051 1.7 mrg "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\ 6052 1.7 mrg variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\ 6053 1.7 mrg offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\ 6054 1.7 mrg offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\ 6055 1.7 mrg implementation returns 0.", 6056 1.7 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 6057 1.7 mrg hook_hwi_void_0) 6058 1.7 mrg 6059 1.7 mrg /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */ 6060 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 6061 1.7 mrg (compute_frame_layout, 6062 1.7 mrg "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\ 6063 1.7 mrg recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\ 6064 1.7 mrg be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\ 6065 1.7 mrg layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\ 6066 1.7 mrg for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\ 6067 1.7 mrg this callback is optional.", 6068 1.7 mrg void, (void), 6069 1.7 mrg hook_void_void) 6070 1.7 mrg 6071 1.6 mrg /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */ 6072 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6073 1.1 mrg (frame_pointer_required, 6074 1.3 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\ 6075 1.3 mrg a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\ 6076 1.3 mrg value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\ 6077 1.3 mrg \n\ 6078 1.3 mrg This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\ 6079 1.3 mrg according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\ 6080 1.3 mrg constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\ 6081 1.3 mrg to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\ 6082 1.3 mrg Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\ 6083 1.3 mrg pointer.\n\ 6084 1.3 mrg \n\ 6085 1.3 mrg In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\ 6086 1.3 mrg without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\ 6087 1.3 mrg automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\ 6088 1.6 mrg @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\ 6089 1.3 mrg them.\n\ 6090 1.3 mrg \n\ 6091 1.3 mrg In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\ 6092 1.3 mrg register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\ 6093 1.3 mrg fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\ 6094 1.3 mrg \n\ 6095 1.3 mrg Default return value is @code{false}.", 6096 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6097 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6098 1.1 mrg 6099 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number 6100 1.1 mrg from-reg with register number to-reg. */ 6101 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6102 1.1 mrg (can_eliminate, 6103 1.6 mrg "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\ 6104 1.3 mrg try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\ 6105 1.6 mrg @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\ 6106 1.6 mrg cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\ 6107 1.3 mrg knows about.\n\ 6108 1.3 mrg \n\ 6109 1.3 mrg Default return value is @code{true}.", 6110 1.1 mrg bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg), 6111 1.1 mrg hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true) 6112 1.1 mrg 6113 1.1 mrg /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs, 6114 1.1 mrg reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the 6115 1.1 mrg target. */ 6116 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6117 1.1 mrg (conditional_register_usage, 6118 1.3 mrg "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\ 6119 1.3 mrg @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\ 6120 1.3 mrg @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\ 6121 1.3 mrg any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\ 6122 1.6 mrg of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\ 6123 1.3 mrg @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\ 6124 1.3 mrg @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\ 6125 1.3 mrg called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\ 6126 1.3 mrg @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\ 6127 1.3 mrg from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\ 6128 1.3 mrg @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\ 6129 1.3 mrg @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\ 6130 1.3 mrg @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\ 6131 1.3 mrg command options have been applied.\n\ 6132 1.3 mrg \n\ 6133 1.3 mrg @cindex disabling certain registers\n\ 6134 1.3 mrg @cindex controlling register usage\n\ 6135 1.3 mrg If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\ 6136 1.3 mrg flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\ 6137 1.3 mrg @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\ 6138 1.3 mrg registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\ 6139 1.3 mrg @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\ 6140 1.3 mrg that shouldn't be used.\n\ 6141 1.3 mrg \n\ 6142 1.3 mrg (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\ 6143 1.3 mrg of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\ 6144 1.3 mrg controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\ 6145 1.3 mrg these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)", 6146 1.1 mrg void, (void), 6147 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 6148 1.1 mrg 6149 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 6150 1.8 mrg (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range, 6151 1.8 mrg "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\ 6152 1.11 mrg When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\ 6153 1.8 mrg up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\ 6154 1.8 mrg On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\ 6155 1.11 mrg Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\ 6156 1.11 mrg Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\ 6157 1.8 mrg of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\ 6158 1.8 mrg You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.", 6159 1.8 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), 6160 1.8 mrg default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range) 6161 1.7 mrg 6162 1.7 mrg 6163 1.1 mrg /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */ 6164 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6165 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_" 6166 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c) 6167 1.1 mrg 6168 1.1 mrg /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */ 6169 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC 6170 1.1 mrg (mode_for_suffix, 6171 1.1 mrg "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\ 6172 1.1 mrg or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.", 6173 1.3 mrg machine_mode, (char c), 6174 1.1 mrg default_mode_for_suffix) 6175 1.1 mrg 6176 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6177 1.6 mrg (excess_precision, 6178 1.11 mrg "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\ 6179 1.11 mrg @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\ 6180 1.11 mrg applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\ 6181 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\ 6182 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\ 6183 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\ 6184 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\ 6185 1.11 mrg precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\ 6186 1.11 mrg of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\ 6187 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\ 6188 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\ 6189 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\ 6190 1.11 mrg explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\ 6191 1.11 mrg value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\n\ 6192 1.11 mrg Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\ 6193 1.11 mrg so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\ 6194 1.11 mrg when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\ 6195 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\ 6196 1.11 mrg @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.", 6197 1.6 mrg enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type), 6198 1.6 mrg default_excess_precision) 6199 1.6 mrg 6200 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (c) 6201 1.1 mrg 6202 1.1 mrg /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */ 6203 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6204 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_" 6205 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx) 6206 1.1 mrg 6207 1.1 mrg /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */ 6208 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6209 1.1 mrg (guard_type, 6210 1.3 mrg "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\ 6211 1.3 mrg These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\ 6212 1.3 mrg default is long_long_integer_type_node.", 6213 1.1 mrg tree, (void), 6214 1.1 mrg default_cxx_guard_type) 6215 1.1 mrg 6216 1.1 mrg /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */ 6217 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6218 1.1 mrg (guard_mask_bit, 6219 1.3 mrg "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\ 6220 1.3 mrg @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\ 6221 1.3 mrg @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.", 6222 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6223 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6224 1.1 mrg 6225 1.1 mrg /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */ 6226 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6227 1.1 mrg (get_cookie_size, 6228 1.3 mrg "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\ 6229 1.3 mrg whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\ 6230 1.3 mrg known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\ 6231 1.3 mrg @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\ 6232 1.3 mrg IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.", 6233 1.1 mrg tree, (tree type), 6234 1.1 mrg default_cxx_get_cookie_size) 6235 1.1 mrg 6236 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */ 6237 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6238 1.1 mrg (cookie_has_size, 6239 1.3 mrg "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\ 6240 1.3 mrg array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.", 6241 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6242 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6243 1.1 mrg 6244 1.1 mrg /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when 6245 1.1 mrg deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */ 6246 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6247 1.1 mrg (import_export_class, 6248 1.3 mrg "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\ 6249 1.3 mrg class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\ 6250 1.3 mrg will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\ 6251 1.3 mrg to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\ 6252 1.3 mrg modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\ 6253 1.3 mrg backend's targeted operating system.", 6254 1.1 mrg int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL) 6255 1.1 mrg 6256 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */ 6257 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6258 1.1 mrg (cdtor_returns_this, 6259 1.3 mrg "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\ 6260 1.3 mrg the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\ 6261 1.3 mrg @code{false}.", 6262 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6263 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6264 1.1 mrg 6265 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline 6266 1.1 mrg function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class 6267 1.1 mrg itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */ 6268 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6269 1.1 mrg (key_method_may_be_inline, 6270 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\ 6271 1.3 mrg which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\ 6272 1.3 mrg table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\ 6273 1.3 mrg Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\ 6274 1.3 mrg the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\ 6275 1.3 mrg some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\ 6276 1.3 mrg method. The default is to return @code{true}.", 6277 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6278 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_true) 6279 1.1 mrg 6280 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6281 1.1 mrg (determine_class_data_visibility, 6282 1.11 mrg "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\ 6283 1.11 mrg or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\ 6284 1.11 mrg external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\ 6285 1.11 mrg explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\ 6286 1.11 mrg other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\ 6287 1.11 mrg @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.", 6288 1.1 mrg void, (tree decl), 6289 1.1 mrg hook_void_tree) 6290 1.1 mrg 6291 1.1 mrg /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other 6292 1.1 mrg similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they 6293 1.1 mrg have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then 6294 1.1 mrg class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in 6295 1.1 mrg only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */ 6296 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6297 1.1 mrg (class_data_always_comdat, 6298 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\ 6299 1.3 mrg similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\ 6300 1.3 mrg external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\ 6301 1.3 mrg classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\ 6302 1.3 mrg unit will not be COMDAT.", 6303 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6304 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_true) 6305 1.1 mrg 6306 1.1 mrg /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types, 6307 1.1 mrg which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT; 6308 1.1 mrg false if it should not be COMDAT. */ 6309 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6310 1.1 mrg (library_rtti_comdat, 6311 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\ 6312 1.3 mrg the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\ 6313 1.3 mrg be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.", 6314 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6315 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_true) 6316 1.1 mrg 6317 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static 6318 1.1 mrg destructors. */ 6319 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6320 1.1 mrg (use_aeabi_atexit, 6321 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\ 6322 1.3 mrg should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\ 6323 1.3 mrg is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.", 6324 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6325 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6326 1.1 mrg 6327 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as 6328 1.1 mrg __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */ 6329 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6330 1.1 mrg (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit, 6331 1.3 mrg "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\ 6332 1.3 mrg in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\ 6333 1.3 mrg destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\ 6334 1.3 mrg shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\ 6335 1.3 mrg unloaded. The default is to return false.", 6336 1.1 mrg bool, (void), 6337 1.1 mrg hook_bool_void_false) 6338 1.1 mrg 6339 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6340 1.1 mrg (adjust_class_at_definition, 6341 1.11 mrg "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\ 6342 1.11 mrg been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\ 6343 1.11 mrg visibility or perform any other required target modifications).", 6344 1.1 mrg void, (tree type), 6345 1.1 mrg hook_void_tree) 6346 1.1 mrg 6347 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6348 1.1 mrg (decl_mangling_context, 6349 1.1 mrg "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.", 6350 1.1 mrg tree, (const_tree decl), 6351 1.1 mrg hook_tree_const_tree_null) 6352 1.1 mrg 6353 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx) 6354 1.1 mrg 6355 1.1 mrg /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */ 6356 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6357 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_" 6358 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls) 6359 1.1 mrg 6360 1.1 mrg /* Name of the address and common functions. */ 6361 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6362 1.1 mrg (get_address, 6363 1.3 mrg "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\ 6364 1.3 mrg object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\ 6365 1.3 mrg emulated TLS helper function to be used.", 6366 1.1 mrg const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address") 6367 1.1 mrg 6368 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6369 1.1 mrg (register_common, 6370 1.3 mrg "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\ 6371 1.3 mrg program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\ 6372 1.3 mrg initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\ 6373 1.3 mrg have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\ 6374 1.3 mrg registration function to be used.", 6375 1.1 mrg const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common") 6376 1.1 mrg 6377 1.1 mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ 6378 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6379 1.1 mrg (var_section, 6380 1.3 mrg "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\ 6381 1.3 mrg be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\ 6382 1.3 mrg any section.", 6383 1.1 mrg const char *, NULL) 6384 1.1 mrg 6385 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6386 1.1 mrg (tmpl_section, 6387 1.3 mrg "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\ 6388 1.3 mrg placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\ 6389 1.3 mrg section.", 6390 1.1 mrg const char *, NULL) 6391 1.1 mrg 6392 1.1 mrg /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */ 6393 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6394 1.1 mrg (var_prefix, 6395 1.3 mrg "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\ 6396 1.3 mrg The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", 6397 1.1 mrg const char *, NULL) 6398 1.1 mrg 6399 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6400 1.1 mrg (tmpl_prefix, 6401 1.3 mrg "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\ 6402 1.3 mrg default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.", 6403 1.1 mrg const char *, NULL) 6404 1.1 mrg 6405 1.1 mrg /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */ 6406 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6407 1.1 mrg (var_fields, 6408 1.3 mrg "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\ 6409 1.3 mrg object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\ 6410 1.3 mrg @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\ 6411 1.3 mrg @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\ 6412 1.3 mrg for libgcc's emulated TLS function.", 6413 1.1 mrg tree, (tree type, tree *name), 6414 1.1 mrg default_emutls_var_fields) 6415 1.1 mrg 6416 1.1 mrg /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */ 6417 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6418 1.1 mrg (var_init, 6419 1.3 mrg "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\ 6420 1.3 mrg TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\ 6421 1.3 mrg is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\ 6422 1.3 mrg initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.", 6423 1.1 mrg tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr), 6424 1.1 mrg default_emutls_var_init) 6425 1.1 mrg 6426 1.1 mrg /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the 6427 1.1 mrg proxy variable. */ 6428 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6429 1.1 mrg (var_align_fixed, 6430 1.3 mrg "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\ 6431 1.3 mrg fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\ 6432 1.3 mrg single objects. The default is false.", 6433 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6434 1.1 mrg 6435 1.1 mrg /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */ 6436 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6437 1.1 mrg (debug_form_tls_address, 6438 1.3 mrg "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\ 6439 1.3 mrg may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.", 6440 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6441 1.1 mrg 6442 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls) 6443 1.1 mrg 6444 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6445 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_" 6446 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks) 6447 1.1 mrg 6448 1.1 mrg /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If 6449 1.1 mrg the option is validated, the hook should also fill in 6450 1.1 mrg DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */ 6451 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6452 1.1 mrg (valid_attribute_p, 6453 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\ 6454 1.3 mrg allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\ 6455 1.3 mrg These function-specific options may differ\n\ 6456 1.3 mrg from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\ 6457 1.3 mrg @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\ 6458 1.3 mrg \n\ 6459 1.3 mrg The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\ 6460 1.3 mrg the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\ 6461 1.3 mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.", 6462 1.1 mrg bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags), 6463 1.1 mrg default_target_option_valid_attribute_p) 6464 1.1 mrg 6465 1.1 mrg /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */ 6466 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6467 1.1 mrg (save, 6468 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\ 6469 1.3 mrg in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\ 6470 1.3 mrg options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\ 6471 1.3 mrg @xref{Option file format}.", 6472 1.11 mrg void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts, 6473 1.11 mrg struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL) 6474 1.1 mrg 6475 1.1 mrg /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options 6476 1.1 mrg structure. */ 6477 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6478 1.1 mrg (restore, 6479 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\ 6480 1.3 mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ 6481 1.3 mrg function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.", 6482 1.11 mrg void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set, 6483 1.11 mrg struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6484 1.3 mrg 6485 1.3 mrg /* Function to update target-specific option information after being 6486 1.3 mrg streamed in. */ 6487 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6488 1.3 mrg (post_stream_in, 6489 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\ 6490 1.3 mrg @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\ 6491 1.3 mrg LTO bytecode.", 6492 1.1 mrg void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6493 1.1 mrg 6494 1.1 mrg /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options 6495 1.1 mrg structure. */ 6496 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6497 1.1 mrg (print, 6498 1.3 mrg "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\ 6499 1.3 mrg information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\ 6500 1.3 mrg function-specific options.", 6501 1.1 mrg void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL) 6502 1.1 mrg 6503 1.1 mrg /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to 6504 1.1 mrg change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is 6505 1.1 mrg NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return 6506 1.1 mrg true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */ 6507 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6508 1.1 mrg (pragma_parse, 6509 1.3 mrg "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\ 6510 1.3 mrg sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\ 6511 1.3 mrg input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\ 6512 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.", 6513 1.1 mrg bool, (tree args, tree pop_target), 6514 1.1 mrg default_target_option_pragma_parse) 6515 1.1 mrg 6516 1.1 mrg /* Do option overrides for the target. */ 6517 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6518 1.1 mrg (override, 6519 1.3 mrg "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\ 6520 1.3 mrg a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\ 6521 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\ 6522 1.3 mrg once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\ 6523 1.3 mrg \n\ 6524 1.3 mrg Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\ 6525 1.3 mrg @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\ 6526 1.3 mrg \n\ 6527 1.3 mrg If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\ 6528 1.3 mrg changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\ 6529 1.3 mrg @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}", 6530 1.1 mrg void, (void), 6531 1.1 mrg hook_void_void) 6532 1.1 mrg 6533 1.1 mrg /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same 6534 1.1 mrg function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they 6535 1.1 mrg have the same function signature and different target specific attributes, 6536 1.1 mrg that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */ 6537 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6538 1.1 mrg (function_versions, 6539 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\ 6540 1.3 mrg versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\ 6541 1.3 mrg versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\ 6542 1.3 mrg different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\ 6543 1.3 mrg different target machines.", 6544 1.1 mrg bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2), 6545 1.1 mrg hook_bool_tree_tree_false) 6546 1.1 mrg 6547 1.1 mrg /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */ 6548 1.1 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6549 1.1 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 6550 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6551 1.1 mrg (can_inline_p, 6552 1.3 mrg "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\ 6553 1.3 mrg cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\ 6554 1.3 mrg default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\ 6555 1.3 mrg specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.", 6556 1.1 mrg bool, (tree caller, tree callee), 6557 1.1 mrg default_target_can_inline_p) 6558 1.1 mrg 6559 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK 6560 1.11 mrg (update_ipa_fn_target_info, 6561 1.11 mrg "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\ 6562 1.11 mrg record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\ 6563 1.11 mrg example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\ 6564 1.11 mrg allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\ 6565 1.11 mrg attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\ 6566 1.11 mrg statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\ 6567 1.11 mrg exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\ 6568 1.11 mrg allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\ 6569 1.11 mrg @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\ 6570 1.11 mrg one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\ 6571 1.11 mrg @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\ 6572 1.11 mrg need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\ 6573 1.11 mrg subsequent analysis.\n\ 6574 1.11 mrg The default version of this hook returns false.", 6575 1.11 mrg bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt), 6576 1.11 mrg default_update_ipa_fn_target_info) 6577 1.11 mrg 6578 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 6579 1.11 mrg (need_ipa_fn_target_info, 6580 1.11 mrg "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\ 6581 1.11 mrg statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\ 6582 1.11 mrg inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\ 6583 1.11 mrg target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\ 6584 1.11 mrg the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\ 6585 1.11 mrg @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\ 6586 1.11 mrg in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\ 6587 1.11 mrg into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\ 6588 1.11 mrg decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\ 6589 1.11 mrg return false.\n\ 6590 1.11 mrg The default version of this hook returns false.", 6591 1.11 mrg bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info), 6592 1.11 mrg default_need_ipa_fn_target_info) 6593 1.11 mrg 6594 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 6595 1.4 mrg (relayout_function, 6596 1.11 mrg "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\ 6597 1.11 mrg Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\ 6598 1.11 mrg with the attribute target.", 6599 1.4 mrg void, (tree fndecl), 6600 1.4 mrg hook_void_tree) 6601 1.4 mrg 6602 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option) 6603 1.1 mrg 6604 1.1 mrg /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to 6605 1.1 mrg the function, they should define this target hook and set their 6606 1.1 mrg bits in the bitmap passed in. */ 6607 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6608 1.1 mrg (extra_live_on_entry, 6609 1.3 mrg "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\ 6610 1.3 mrg function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\ 6611 1.3 mrg cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\ 6612 1.3 mrg registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\ 6613 1.3 mrg TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\ 6614 1.3 mrg FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.", 6615 1.1 mrg void, (bitmap regs), 6616 1.1 mrg hook_void_bitmap) 6617 1.1 mrg 6618 1.3 mrg /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are 6619 1.3 mrg present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local 6620 1.3 mrg definition. */ 6621 1.3 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6622 1.3 mrg (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers, 6623 1.3 mrg "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\ 6624 1.3 mrg clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\ 6625 1.3 mrg That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\ 6626 1.8 mrg linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\ 6627 1.3 mrg modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\ 6628 1.3 mrg in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\ 6629 1.3 mrg The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\ 6630 1.3 mrg is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.", 6631 1.3 mrg bool, 6632 1.3 mrg false) 6633 1.3 mrg 6634 1.1 mrg /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */ 6635 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6636 1.1 mrg (set_up_by_prologue, 6637 1.11 mrg "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\ 6638 1.11 mrg to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.", 6639 1.1 mrg void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *), 6640 1.1 mrg NULL) 6641 1.1 mrg 6642 1.1 mrg /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a 6643 1.1 mrg function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked' 6644 1.1 mrg function attribute. */ 6645 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6646 1.1 mrg (warn_func_return, 6647 1.11 mrg "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\ 6648 1.11 mrg the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\ 6649 1.11 mrg of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.", 6650 1.1 mrg bool, (tree), 6651 1.1 mrg hook_bool_tree_true) 6652 1.1 mrg 6653 1.6 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6654 1.6 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_" 6655 1.6 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap) 6656 1.6 mrg 6657 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6658 1.6 mrg (get_separate_components, 6659 1.6 mrg "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\ 6660 1.6 mrg components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\ 6661 1.6 mrg Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\ 6662 1.6 mrg shrink-wrapping.\n\ 6663 1.6 mrg Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\ 6664 1.6 mrg If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.", 6665 1.6 mrg sbitmap, (void), 6666 1.6 mrg NULL) 6667 1.6 mrg 6668 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6669 1.6 mrg (components_for_bb, 6670 1.6 mrg "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\ 6671 1.6 mrg components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\ 6672 1.6 mrg the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.", 6673 1.6 mrg sbitmap, (basic_block), 6674 1.6 mrg NULL) 6675 1.6 mrg 6676 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6677 1.6 mrg (disqualify_components, 6678 1.6 mrg "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\ 6679 1.6 mrg components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\ 6680 1.6 mrg @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\ 6681 1.6 mrg epilogue instead.", 6682 1.6 mrg void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue), 6683 1.6 mrg NULL) 6684 1.6 mrg 6685 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6686 1.6 mrg (emit_prologue_components, 6687 1.6 mrg "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.", 6688 1.6 mrg void, (sbitmap), 6689 1.6 mrg NULL) 6690 1.6 mrg 6691 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6692 1.6 mrg (emit_epilogue_components, 6693 1.6 mrg "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.", 6694 1.6 mrg void, (sbitmap), 6695 1.6 mrg NULL) 6696 1.6 mrg 6697 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6698 1.6 mrg (set_handled_components, 6699 1.6 mrg "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\ 6700 1.6 mrg @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\ 6701 1.6 mrg components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\ 6702 1.6 mrg will be deleted after this call.", 6703 1.6 mrg void, (sbitmap), 6704 1.6 mrg NULL) 6705 1.6 mrg 6706 1.6 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap) 6707 1.6 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6708 1.6 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 6709 1.6 mrg 6710 1.1 mrg /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */ 6711 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6712 1.1 mrg (debug_unwind_info, 6713 1.3 mrg "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\ 6714 1.3 mrg unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\ 6715 1.3 mrg @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\ 6716 1.3 mrg return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\ 6717 1.3 mrg \n\ 6718 1.3 mrg A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\ 6719 1.3 mrg is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\ 6720 1.3 mrg \n\ 6721 1.3 mrg A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\ 6722 1.3 mrg This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.", 6723 1.1 mrg enum unwind_info_type, (void), 6724 1.1 mrg default_debug_unwind_info) 6725 1.1 mrg 6726 1.7 mrg DEFHOOK 6727 1.11 mrg (reset_location_view, 6728 1.11 mrg "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\ 6729 1.7 mrg uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\ 6730 1.7 mrg length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\ 6731 1.7 mrg cannot be taken for granted.\n\ 6732 1.7 mrg \n\ 6733 1.7 mrg If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\ 6734 1.7 mrg the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\ 6735 1.7 mrg safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\ 6736 1.7 mrg definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\ 6737 1.7 mrg be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\ 6738 1.7 mrg \n\ 6739 1.7 mrg If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\ 6740 1.7 mrg @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.", 6741 1.7 mrg int, (rtx_insn *), NULL) 6742 1.7 mrg 6743 1.1 mrg /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not 6744 1.1 mrg defined at this time. */ 6745 1.1 mrg DEFHOOK 6746 1.1 mrg (canonicalize_comparison, 6747 1.3 mrg "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\ 6748 1.3 mrg convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\ 6749 1.3 mrg does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\ 6750 1.3 mrg comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\ 6751 1.3 mrg \n\ 6752 1.3 mrg On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\ 6753 1.3 mrg @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\ 6754 1.3 mrg are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\ 6755 1.3 mrg @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\ 6756 1.3 mrg allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\ 6757 1.3 mrg in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\ 6758 1.3 mrg allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\ 6759 1.3 mrg \n\ 6760 1.3 mrg GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\ 6761 1.3 mrg valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\ 6762 1.3 mrg @file{md} file.\n\ 6763 1.3 mrg \n\ 6764 1.3 mrg You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\ 6765 1.3 mrg comparison code or operands.", 6766 1.1 mrg void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value), 6767 1.1 mrg default_canonicalize_comparison) 6768 1.1 mrg 6769 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 6770 1.6 mrg (min_arithmetic_precision, 6771 1.6 mrg "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\ 6772 1.6 mrg maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\ 6773 1.6 mrg arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\ 6774 1.6 mrg \n\ 6775 1.6 mrg On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\ 6776 1.6 mrg using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\ 6777 1.6 mrg of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\ 6778 1.6 mrg \n\ 6779 1.6 mrg More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\ 6780 1.6 mrg compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\ 6781 1.6 mrg with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\ 6782 1.6 mrg \n\ 6783 1.6 mrg You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\ 6784 1.6 mrg defined to 1.", 6785 1.6 mrg unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision) 6786 1.6 mrg 6787 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6788 1.1 mrg (atomic_test_and_set_trueval, 6789 1.11 mrg "This value should be set if the result written by\n\ 6790 1.11 mrg @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\ 6791 1.11 mrg @code{bool} @code{true}.", 6792 1.1 mrg unsigned char, 1) 6793 1.3 mrg 6794 1.3 mrg /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic 6795 1.3 mrg type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden 6796 1.3 mrg as needed. */ 6797 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6798 1.3 mrg (atomic_align_for_mode, 6799 1.11 mrg "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\ 6800 1.11 mrg atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\ 6801 1.11 mrg default alignment for the specified mode is used.", 6802 1.3 mrg unsigned int, (machine_mode mode), 6803 1.3 mrg hook_uint_mode_0) 6804 1.3 mrg 6805 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6806 1.3 mrg (atomic_assign_expand_fenv, 6807 1.11 mrg "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\ 6808 1.11 mrg exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\ 6809 1.11 mrg whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\ 6810 1.11 mrg This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\ 6811 1.11 mrg @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\ 6812 1.11 mrg appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\ 6813 1.11 mrg set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\ 6814 1.11 mrg @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\ 6815 1.11 mrg the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\ 6816 1.11 mrg equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\ 6817 1.11 mrg @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\ 6818 1.11 mrg if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\ 6819 1.11 mrg leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\ 6820 1.11 mrg @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\ 6821 1.11 mrg as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.", 6822 1.3 mrg void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update), 6823 1.3 mrg default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv) 6824 1.3 mrg 6825 1.1 mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ 6826 1.1 mrg 6827 1.1 mrg /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section 6828 1.1 mrg and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */ 6829 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6830 1.1 mrg (have_switchable_bss_sections, 6831 1.3 mrg "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\ 6832 1.3 mrg section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\ 6833 1.3 mrg This is true on most ELF targets.", 6834 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6835 1.1 mrg 6836 1.1 mrg /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported, 6837 1.1 mrg false if we're using collect2 for the job. */ 6838 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6839 1.1 mrg (have_ctors_dtors, 6840 1.3 mrg "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\ 6841 1.3 mrg collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\ 6842 1.3 mrg It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.", 6843 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6844 1.1 mrg 6845 1.9 mrg /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */ 6846 1.9 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6847 1.9 mrg (dtors_from_cxa_atexit, 6848 1.9 mrg "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\ 6849 1.9 mrg run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\ 6850 1.9 mrg a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\ 6851 1.9 mrg level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\ 6852 1.9 mrg It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.", 6853 1.9 mrg bool, false) 6854 1.9 mrg 6855 1.1 mrg /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */ 6856 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6857 1.1 mrg (have_tls, 6858 1.3 mrg "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\ 6859 1.3 mrg The default value is false.", 6860 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6861 1.1 mrg 6862 1.1 mrg /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */ 6863 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6864 1.1 mrg (have_srodata_section, 6865 1.3 mrg "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\ 6866 1.3 mrg ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.", 6867 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6868 1.1 mrg 6869 1.1 mrg /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */ 6870 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6871 1.1 mrg (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info, 6872 1.3 mrg "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\ 6873 1.3 mrg end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\ 6874 1.3 mrg Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\ 6875 1.3 mrg true otherwise.", 6876 1.1 mrg bool, true) 6877 1.1 mrg 6878 1.1 mrg /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */ 6879 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6880 1.1 mrg (asm_file_start_app_off, 6881 1.3 mrg "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\ 6882 1.3 mrg printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\ 6883 1.3 mrg @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\ 6884 1.3 mrg to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\ 6885 1.3 mrg definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\ 6886 1.3 mrg assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\ 6887 1.3 mrg whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\ 6888 1.3 mrg \n\ 6889 1.3 mrg The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\ 6890 1.3 mrg verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\ 6891 1.3 mrg comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.", 6892 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6893 1.1 mrg 6894 1.1 mrg /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename 6895 1.1 mrg at the beginning of assembly output. */ 6896 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6897 1.1 mrg (asm_file_start_file_directive, 6898 1.3 mrg "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\ 6899 1.3 mrg for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\ 6900 1.3 mrg @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\ 6901 1.3 mrg this to be done. The default is false.", 6902 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6903 1.1 mrg 6904 1.1 mrg /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the 6905 1.1 mrg ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */ 6906 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6907 1.1 mrg (arm_eabi_unwinder, 6908 1.3 mrg "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\ 6909 1.3 mrg based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\ 6910 1.3 mrg the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\ 6911 1.3 mrg running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.", 6912 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6913 1.1 mrg 6914 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6915 1.1 mrg (want_debug_pub_sections, 6916 1.11 mrg "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\ 6917 1.11 mrg should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\ 6918 1.11 mrg in particular GDB does not use them.", 6919 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6920 1.1 mrg 6921 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6922 1.11 mrg (delay_sched2, 6923 1.11 mrg "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\ 6924 1.1 mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", 6925 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6926 1.1 mrg 6927 1.1 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6928 1.11 mrg (delay_vartrack, 6929 1.11 mrg "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\ 6930 1.1 mrg This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.", 6931 1.1 mrg bool, false) 6932 1.1 mrg 6933 1.3 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 6934 1.11 mrg (no_register_allocation, 6935 1.11 mrg "True if register allocation and the passes\n\ 6936 1.3 mrg following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\ 6937 1.3 mrg targets.", 6938 1.3 mrg bool, false) 6939 1.3 mrg 6940 1.1 mrg /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */ 6941 1.1 mrg 6942 1.3 mrg /* Functions related to mode switching. */ 6943 1.3 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 6944 1.3 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_" 6945 1.3 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching) 6946 1.3 mrg 6947 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6948 1.3 mrg (emit, 6949 1.11 mrg "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\ 6950 1.11 mrg @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\ 6951 1.11 mrg the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\ 6952 1.11 mrg to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\ 6953 1.11 mrg sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.", 6954 1.3 mrg void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL) 6955 1.3 mrg 6956 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6957 1.3 mrg (needed, 6958 1.11 mrg "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\ 6959 1.11 mrg If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\ 6960 1.11 mrg to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\ 6961 1.11 mrg in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\ 6962 1.11 mrg must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.", 6963 1.3 mrg int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 6964 1.3 mrg 6965 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6966 1.3 mrg (after, 6967 1.11 mrg "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\ 6968 1.11 mrg If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\ 6969 1.11 mrg switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\ 6970 1.11 mrg in (if different from the incoming mode).", 6971 1.3 mrg int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL) 6972 1.3 mrg 6973 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6974 1.3 mrg (entry, 6975 1.11 mrg "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\ 6976 1.11 mrg needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\ 6977 1.11 mrg that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\ 6978 1.11 mrg If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\ 6979 1.11 mrg must be defined.", 6980 1.3 mrg int, (int entity), NULL) 6981 1.3 mrg 6982 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6983 1.3 mrg (exit, 6984 1.11 mrg "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\ 6985 1.11 mrg needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\ 6986 1.11 mrg that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\ 6987 1.11 mrg If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\ 6988 1.11 mrg must be defined.", 6989 1.3 mrg int, (int entity), NULL) 6990 1.3 mrg 6991 1.3 mrg DEFHOOK 6992 1.3 mrg (priority, 6993 1.11 mrg "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\ 6994 1.11 mrg are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\ 6995 1.11 mrg @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\ 6996 1.11 mrg The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\ 6997 1.11 mrg for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\ 6998 1.11 mrg (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\ 6999 1.11 mrg @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.", 7000 1.3 mrg int, (int entity, int n), NULL) 7001 1.3 mrg 7002 1.3 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching) 7003 1.3 mrg 7004 1.4 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 7005 1.11 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_" 7006 1.11 mrg HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag) 7007 1.11 mrg 7008 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7009 1.11 mrg (can_tag_addresses, 7010 1.11 mrg "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\ 7011 1.11 mrg of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\ 7012 1.11 mrg work.\n\ 7013 1.11 mrg \n\ 7014 1.11 mrg At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\ 7015 1.11 mrg @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.", 7016 1.11 mrg bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses) 7017 1.11 mrg 7018 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7019 1.11 mrg (tag_size, 7020 1.11 mrg "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\ 7021 1.11 mrg \n\ 7022 1.11 mrg The default returns 8.", 7023 1.11 mrg uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size) 7024 1.11 mrg 7025 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7026 1.11 mrg (granule_size, 7027 1.11 mrg "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\ 7028 1.11 mrg I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\ 7029 1.11 mrg return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\ 7030 1.11 mrg @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\ 7031 1.11 mrg \n\ 7032 1.11 mrg Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\ 7033 1.11 mrg that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\ 7034 1.11 mrg the same tag.\n\ 7035 1.11 mrg \n\ 7036 1.11 mrg The default returns 16.", 7037 1.11 mrg uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size) 7038 1.11 mrg 7039 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7040 1.11 mrg (insert_random_tag, 7041 1.11 mrg "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\ 7042 1.11 mrg (possibly) random tag in it.\n\ 7043 1.11 mrg Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\ 7044 1.11 mrg This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.", 7045 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag) 7046 1.11 mrg 7047 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7048 1.11 mrg (add_tag, 7049 1.11 mrg "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\ 7050 1.11 mrg the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\ 7051 1.11 mrg @var{base}.\n\ 7052 1.11 mrg The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\ 7053 1.11 mrg put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\ 7054 1.11 mrg \n\ 7055 1.11 mrg Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\ 7056 1.11 mrg RTL.", 7057 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset), 7058 1.11 mrg default_memtag_add_tag) 7059 1.11 mrg 7060 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7061 1.11 mrg (set_tag, 7062 1.11 mrg "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\ 7063 1.11 mrg Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\ 7064 1.11 mrg @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\ 7065 1.11 mrg The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\ 7066 1.11 mrg @var{tag}.", 7067 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag) 7068 1.11 mrg 7069 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7070 1.11 mrg (extract_tag, 7071 1.11 mrg "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\ 7072 1.11 mrg Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\ 7073 1.11 mrg The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.", 7074 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag) 7075 1.11 mrg 7076 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7077 1.11 mrg (untagged_pointer, 7078 1.11 mrg "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\ 7079 1.11 mrg Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\ 7080 1.11 mrg The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.", 7081 1.11 mrg rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer) 7082 1.11 mrg 7083 1.11 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag) 7084 1.11 mrg #undef HOOK_PREFIX 7085 1.4 mrg #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_" 7086 1.4 mrg 7087 1.4 mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 7088 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false) 7089 1.4 mrg #include "target-insns.def" 7090 1.4 mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 7091 1.4 mrg 7092 1.4 mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 7093 1.4 mrg DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL) 7094 1.4 mrg #include "target-insns.def" 7095 1.4 mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 7096 1.4 mrg 7097 1.4 mrg #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \ 7098 1.4 mrg DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing) 7099 1.4 mrg #include "target-insns.def" 7100 1.4 mrg #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN 7101 1.4 mrg 7102 1.6 mrg DEFHOOK 7103 1.6 mrg (run_target_selftests, 7104 1.6 mrg "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.", 7105 1.6 mrg void, (void), 7106 1.6 mrg NULL) 7107 1.6 mrg 7108 1.11 mrg DEFHOOK 7109 1.11 mrg (gcov_type_size, 7110 1.11 mrg "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for\n\ 7111 1.11 mrg counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events. The default\n\ 7112 1.11 mrg value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\ 7113 1.11 mrg default value is 32. A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\ 7114 1.11 mrg counters. If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\ 7115 1.11 mrg counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting\n\ 7116 1.11 mrg 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\ 7117 1.11 mrg type.", 7118 1.11 mrg HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size) 7119 1.11 mrg 7120 1.11 mrg /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on 7121 1.11 mrg the target platform. */ 7122 1.11 mrg DEFHOOKPOD 7123 1.11 mrg (have_shadow_call_stack, 7124 1.11 mrg "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\ 7125 1.11 mrg @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}. The default value is false.", 7126 1.11 mrg bool, false) 7127 1.11 mrg 7128 1.1 mrg /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */ 7129 1.1 mrg HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK) 7130 1.3 mrg 7131